You are on page 1of 251

Technical

Publications

® S-60
® S-65

Service
Manual

Second Edition, First Printing


Part No. 48412 (Rev A1)
July 2008
Introduction Service Manual - Second Edition

Genie North America


Important
Telephone (425) 881-1800
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and Toll Free 800 536-1800 in U.S.A.
operating instructions in the appropriate Toll Free 800 426-8089 in Canada
Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Operator's Manual Fax (425) 556-8649
before attempting any maintenance or repair
procedure.
Genie Europe
This service manual covers the Genie S-60 and
Genie S-65 2WD and 4WD models. Office Telephone (44) 01636-605030
Office FaxFax (44) 01636-611090
This manual provides detailed scheduled Parts Telephone (44) 01636-605002
maintenance information for the machine owner Parts Fax (44) 01636-611091
and user. It also provides troubleshooting and
repair procedures for qualified service
professionals.
Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical skills
are required to perform most procedures.
However, several procedures require specialized
skills, tools, lifting equipment and a suitable
workshop. In these instances, we strongly
recommend that maintenance and repair be ®

performed at a Genie dealer service center. Copyright © 1998 by Genie Industries

Genie Industries has endeavored to deliver the Second Edition: First Printing, June 1998
highest degree of accuracy possible. However, "Genie" and "S" are Registered Trademarks
continuous improvement of our products is a of Genie Industries in the USA and many other
Genie policy. Therefore product specifications are countries.
subject to change without notice. These machines comply with
ANSI/SIA 92.5-1992.
Readers are encouraged to notify Genie of errors
Printed on recycled paper
and send in suggestions for improvement. All
communications will be carefully considered for Printed in U.S.A.
future printings of this and other manuals. Please
write to the technical publications team in care of
Genie Industries, PO Box 69, Redmond WA
98073-0069 U.S.A.
If you have any questions, please call Genie
Industries.
ii Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412
Service Manual - Second Edition Section 1 - Safety Rules

Safety Rules

Danger
Failure to obey the instructions and safety rules in
this manual, and the Genie S-60 & Genie S-65
Operator's Manual will result in death or serious
injury.

Many of the hazards identified in the operator's


manual are also safety hazards when
maintenance and repair procedures are
performed.

Do Not Perform Maintenance


Unless:
You are trained and qualified to perform
maintenance on this machine.
You read, understand and obey:
- manufacturer’s instructions and safety rules
- employer’s safety rules and worksite
regulations
- applicable governmental regulations
You have the appropriate tools, lifting
equipment and a suitable workshop.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 iii


Section 1 - Safety Rules Service Manual - Second Edition

SAFETY RULES

Personal Safety Workplace Safety


Any person working on or around a machine must Be sure to keep sparks, flames and
be aware of all known safety hazards. Personal lighted tobacco away from flammable and
safety and the continued safe operation of the combustible materials like battery gases
machine should be your top priority. and engine fuels. Always have an approved fire
extinguisher within easy reach.

Read each procedure thoroughly. This


manual and the decals, on the machine, Be sure that all tools and working areas
use signal words to identify the following: are properly maintained and ready for
use. Keep work surfaces clean and free
Indicates the presence of
of debris that could get into machine components
a hazard that will cause
and cause damage.
death or serious injury.
Indicates the presence of
a hazard that may cause Be sure that your workshop or work area
death or serious injury. is properly ventilated and well lit.
Indicates the presence of
a hazard that will or may
cause serious injury or Be sure any forklift, overhead crane or
damage to the machine. other lifting or supporting device is fully
capable of supporting and stabilizing the
Indicates special weight to be lifted. Use only chains or straps that
operation or maintenance are in good condition and of ample capacity.
information.

Be sure that fasteners intended for one


Be sure to wear protective eye wear and time use (i.e., cotter pins and self-locking
other protective clothing if the situation nuts) are not reused. These components
warrants it. may fail if they are used a second time.

Be aware of potential crushing hazards Be sure to properly dispose of old oil or


such as moving parts, free swinging or other fluids. Use an approved container.
unsecured components, and lifting or Please be environmentally safe.
placing loads. Always wear approved steel-toed
shoes.

iv Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition

Table of Contents

Introduction
Important Information ..................................................................................................... ii

Section One Safety Rules


General Safety Rules .................................................................................................... iii

Section Two Specifications


Machine Specifications ............................................................................................. 2 - 1
Performance Specifications ...................................................................................... 2 - 2
Hydraulic Specifications ........................................................................................... 2 - 3
Ford LRG 423 Engine Specifications ....................................................................... 2 - 4
Deutz F4L 1011F Engine Specifications .................................................................. 2 - 6
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications .................................................... 2 - 8
Bolt Torque Specifications ........................................................................................ 2 - 9

Section Three Scheduled Maintenance Inspections


Introduction ............................................................................................................... 3 - 1
Table A ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 2
Table B ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 3
Table C ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 5
Table D ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 6
Maintenance Inspection Report ................................................................................ 3 - 7

Section Four Scheduled Maintenance Procedures


Introduction ............................................................................................................... 4 - 1
A-1 Inspect the Manuals ........................................................................................ 4 - 2
A-2 Inspect the Decals and Placards .................................................................... 4 - 2
A-3 Inspect for Damage, Loose or Missing Parts .................................................. 4 - 2
A-4 Check the Engine Oil Level............................................................................. 4 - 3
A-5 Check the Engine Coolant Level - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................... 4 - 3
A-6 Check for Fuel Leaks ...................................................................................... 4 - 3
A-7 Check the Hydraulic Oil Level ......................................................................... 4 - 4
A-8 Check for Hydraulic Leaks .............................................................................. 4 - 4

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 v


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Four Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued


A-9 Check the Tire Pressure ................................................................................. 4 - 5
A-10 Test the Oscillate Axle (if equipped) ............................................................... 4 - 5
A-11 Test the Platform and Ground Controls .......................................................... 4 - 6
A-12 Test the Auxiliary Power Operation ................................................................ 4 - 6
A-13 Test the Tilt Sensor ........................................................................................ 4 - 7
A-14 Test the Limit Switches ................................................................................... 4 - 8
A-15 Replace the Engine Oil and Filter - Gasoline/LPG Models ........................... 4 - 10
A-16 Drain the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Deutz Diesel Models ....................... 4 - 11
A-17 Replace the Engine Air Filter ........................................................................ 4 - 12
B-1 Check the Engine Belt .................................................................................. 4 - 13
B-2 Check the Radiator - Gasoline/LPG Models ................................................. 4 - 14
B-3 Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling Fins - Deutz Diesel Models ..................... 4 - 14
B-4 Check the Exhaust System .......................................................................... 4 - 15
B-5 Check the Battery ......................................................................................... 4 - 16
B-6 Check the Hydraulic Tank Filter Condition Indicator ..................................... 4 - 16
B-7 Inspect the Electrical Wiring ......................................................................... 4 - 17
B-8 Inspect the Tires and Wheels (including lug nut torque) ............................... 4 - 17
B-9 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration ....................................................... 4 - 18
B-10 Check the Oil Level in the Torque Hubs ....................................................... 4 - 18
B-11 Check and Adjust the Engine Idle Mixture - Gasoline/LPG Models .............. 4 - 19
B-12 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM............................................................... 4 - 19
B-13 Test the Key Switch ...................................................................................... 4 - 21
B-14 Test the Emergency Stop Buttons ................................................................ 4 - 21
B-15 Test the Ground Control Override ................................................................ 4 - 22
B-16 Check the Directional Valve Linkage ............................................................ 4 - 22
B-17 Test the Platform Self-leveling ...................................................................... 4 - 23
B-18 Test the Horn ................................................................................................ 4 - 23
B-19 Test the Foot Switch ..................................................................................... 4 - 23
B-20 Test the Engine Idle Select ........................................................................... 4 - 24
B-21 Test the Fuel Select Operation - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................... 4 - 24
B-22 Test the Drive Enable System ...................................................................... 4 - 25

vi Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Four Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued


B-23 Test the Drive Brakes ................................................................................... 4 - 25
B-24 Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position ....................................................... 4 - 26
B-25 Test the Alarm Package - Optional Equipment ............................................. 4 - 27
B-26 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis ..................................................................... 4 - 27
B-27 Replace the Engine Oil and Filter - Deutz Diesel Models ............................. 4 - 27
C-1 Check the Boom Wear Pads ........................................................................ 4 - 29
C-2 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts ................................................. 4 - 29
C-3 Check the Free-wheel Configuration ............................................................ 4 - 30
C-4 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing and Rotate Gear ............................. 4 - 31
C-5 Replace the Torque Hub Oil ......................................................................... 4 - 31
C-6 Replace the Hydraulic Tank Filter ................................................................. 4 - 33
C-7 Replace the Drive Loop Hydraulic Filter ....................................................... 4 - 33
C-8 Replace the Diesel Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Deutz Diesel Models ....... 4 - 34
C-9 Replace the Gasoline Fuel Filter - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................. 4 - 34
C-10 Replace the PCV Valve - Gasoline/LPG Models .......................................... 4 - 36
C-11 Replace the Spark Plugs - Gasoline/LPG Models ........................................ 4 - 37
C-12 Check and Adjust the Air/LPG Mixture - Gasoline/LPG Models ................... 4 - 37
C-13 Check and Adjust the Ignition Timing - Gasoline/LPG Models ..................... 4 - 38
C-14 Check the Engine Valve Clearances - Deutz Diesel Models ........................ 4 - 38
C-15 Check the Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash ............................................... 4 - 38
D-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil ................................................................. 4 - 39
D-2 Change or Recondition the Engine Coolant - Gasoline/LPG Models ............ 4 - 39
D-3 Change the Fuel Lines .................................................................................. 4 - 41
D-4 Check the Engine Valve Clearance - Gasoline/LPG Models ........................ 4 - 42
D-5 Check the Engine Cylinder Compression - Gasoline/LPG Models ............... 4 - 42
D-6 Clean the PCV Hoses and Fittings - Gasoline/LPG Models ......................... 4 - 42
D-7 Check the Fuel Injection Pumps and Injectors - Deutz Diesel Models .......... 4 - 43
D-8 Check the Toothed Belt - Deutz Diesel Models ............................................ 4 - 43
D-9 Replace the Timing Belt - Gasoline/LPG Models .......................................... 4 - 43
D-10 Grease the Steer Axle Wheel Bearings - 2WD Models ................................ 4 - 44

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 vii


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Five Troubleshooting Flow Charts


Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5 - 1
1 Engine Will Not Crank Over ............................................................................ 5 - 3
2 Engine Cranks Over But Will Not Start - Gasoline/LPG Models ..................... 5 - 5
2A Engine Cranks Over But Will Not Start OR Engine Runs
While Cranking The Dies- Gasoline/LPG Models ........................................... 5 - 8
2B Engine Runs While Cranking Then Dies ....................................................... 5 - 11
3 Engine Cranks Over But Will Not Start - Deutz Diesel Models ..................... 5 - 12
4 Engine Will Not Start On LPG, But Will Start On Gasoline
- Gasoline/LPG Models ................................................................................. 5 - 15
5 Engine Will Not Start On Gasoline, But Will Start On LPG
- Gasoline/LPG Models ................................................................................. 5 - 17
6 Engine High Idle Inoperative - Gasoline/LPG Models ................................... 5 - 19
7 Engine Low Idle Inoperative - Gasoline/LPG Models .................................... 5 - 22
8 Engine High Idle Inoperative - Deutz Diesel Models ..................................... 5 - 23
9 Engine Low Idle Inoperative - Deutz Diesel Models ...................................... 5 - 25
10 All Functions Inoperative, Engine Starts and Runs ....................................... 5 - 26
11 All Lift and Steer Functions Inoperative, Drive Functions Operational .......... 5 - 27
12 Ground Controls Inoperative, Platform Controls Operate Normally .............. 5 - 28
13 Platform Controls Inoperative, Ground Controls Operate Normally .............. 5 - 29
14 Boom Up Function Inoperative ..................................................................... 5 - 30
15 Boom Down Function Inoperative ................................................................. 5 - 33
16 Boom Extend Function Inoperative ............................................................... 5 - 36
17 Boom Retract Function Inoperative .............................................................. 5 - 39
18 Turntable Rotate Left Function Inoperative................................................... 5 - 42
19 Turntable Rotate Right Function Inoperative ................................................ 5 - 46
20 All Platform Leveling Functions Inoperative .................................................. 5 - 50
21 Platform Level Up Function Inoperative ........................................................ 5 - 51
22 Platform Level Down Function Inoperative ................................................... 5 - 53
23 Platform Rotate Left Function Inoperative .................................................... 5 - 55
24 Platform Rotate Right Function Inoperative .................................................. 5 - 58
25 Jib Boom Up Inoperative, S-65 Models ........................................................ 5 - 61
26 Jib Boom Down Inoperative, S-65 Models .................................................... 5 - 63

viii Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Five Troubleshooting Flow Charts, continued


27 Oscillate Function Inoperative ....................................................................... 5 - 65
28 Steer Left Function Inoperative ...................................................................... 5 - 66
29 Steer Right Function Inoperative ................................................................... 5 - 68
30 All Drive Functions Inoperative, All Other Functions Operate Normally .......... 5 - 70
31 Drive Forward Or Reverse Function Inoperative ............................................. 5 - 73
32 Traction Function Inoperative ........................................................................ 5 - 74
33 Machine Will Not Drive At Full Speed ............................................................ 5 - 75
34 Machine Drives At Full Speed With Platform Raised or Extended ................. 5 - 76
35 Drive Enable System Is Malfunctioning ......................................................... 5 - 77
36 Auxiliary Functions Inoperative ...................................................................... 5 - 78

Section Six Schematics


Introduction ............................................................................................................... 6 - 1
Electrical Components .............................................................................................. 6 - 2
Electrical Symbols Legend ........................................................................................ 6 - 4
Abbreviation Legend .................................................................................................. 6 - 5
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models (Rev B) ............................................... 6 - 7
Ground Control Box Legend - Gasoline/LPG Models ................................................. 6 - 9
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models ................................... 6 - 10
Platform Control Box Legend - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................................. 6 - 11
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models ................................. 6 - 12
Electrical Schematic - Deutz Diesel Models ............................................................ 6 - 13
Ground Control Box Legend - Deutz Diesel Models ................................................. 6 - 15
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Deutz Diesel Models ..................................... 6 - 16
Platform Control Box Legend - Deutz Diesel Models ............................................... 6 - 17
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Deutz Diesel Models ................................... 6 - 18
Hydraulic Symbols Legend ...................................................................................... 6 - 20
2WD Hydraulic Schematic - Non-oscillating axle ..................................................... 6 - 21
2WD Hydraulic Schematic - Oscillating axle ........................................................... 6 - 22
4WD Hydraulic Schematic - Non-oscillating axle ..................................................... 6 - 23
4WD Hydraulic Schematic - Oscillating axle ........................................................... 6 - 24

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 ix


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Seven Repair Procedures


Introduction ............................................................................................................... 7 - 1
Platform Controls
1-1 Joystick Controllers ......................................................................................... 7 - 2
1-2 Horsepower Limiter Board .............................................................................. 7 - 6
1-3 Foot Switch ..................................................................................................... 7 - 8
1-4 Resistors ......................................................................................................... 7 - 9
1-5 Toggle Switches ............................................................................................. 7 - 9
1-6 Control Relays .............................................................................................. 7 - 10
Platform Components
2-1 Platform ........................................................................................................ 7 - 11
2-2 Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder .................................................................. 7 - 11
2-3 Platform Rotator ........................................................................................... 7 - 12
Jib Boom Components, S-65 Models
3-1 Jib Boom, S-65 Models ................................................................................. 7 - 15
3-2 Jib Boom Lift Cylinder, S-65 Models ............................................................. 7 - 16
3-3 Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold Components, S-65 Models ................. 7 - 17
Boom Components
4-1 Boom Cable Track ........................................................................................ 7 - 18
4-2 Boom ............................................................................................................ 7 - 20
4-3 Boom Lift Cylinder ........................................................................................ 7 - 23
4-4 Extension Cylinders ...................................................................................... 7 - 24
4-5 Platform Leveling Master Cylinder ................................................................ 7 - 25
Turntable Covers
5-1 Turntable Covers .......................................................................................... 7 - 26
Deutz Engine F4L 1011F
6-1 RPM Adjustment ........................................................................................... 7 - 27
6-2 Flex Plate ...................................................................................................... 7 - 27
6-3 Oil Temperature and Oil Pressure Gauges ................................................... 7 - 27
Ford LRG-423 Engine
7-1 Governor Actuator ........................................................................................ 7 - 28
7-2 Choke Adjustments ....................................................................................... 7 - 29

x Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Seven Repair Procedures, Ford LRG-423 Engine, continued


7-3 Timing Adjustment ........................................................................................ 7 - 30
7-4 Carburetor Adjustment .................................................................................. 7 - 30
7-5 RPM Adjustment ........................................................................................... 7 - 30
7-6 Flex Plate ...................................................................................................... 7 - 30
7-7 Water Temperature and Oil Pressure Gauges ............................................. 7 - 31
7-8 Vacuum Switch ............................................................................................. 7 - 32
Ground Controls
8-1 Control Relays .............................................................................................. 7 - 33
8-2 Toggle Switches, See 1-5, Toggle Switches ................................................... 7 - 9
8-3 Wago® Components ..................................................................................... 7 - 33
8-4 Resistors ....................................................................................................... 7 - 33
8-5 Power Relay ................................................................................................. 7 - 34
Hydraulic Pumps
9-1 Lift/Steer Pump ............................................................................................. 7 - 35
9-2 Drive Pump ................................................................................................... 7 - 35
Manifolds
10-1 Function Manifold Components .................................................................... 7 - 38
10-2 Valve Adjustments - Function Manifold......................................................... 7 - 42
10-3 Turntable Rotation Manifold Components ..................................................... 7 - 45
10-4 Oscillate Manifold Components .................................................................... 7 - 46
10-5 Valve Adjustments - Oscillate Manifold......................................................... 7 - 47
10-6 Directional Valve Manifold Components ....................................................... 7 - 48
10-7 Steer Manifold Components, S-60/65 Oscillating Models ............................. 7 - 50
10-8 2WD Drive Manifold Components ................................................................. 7 - 52
10-9 Valve Adjustments, 2WD Drive Manifold ...................................................... 7 - 54
10-10 4WD Drive Manifold Components ................................................................. 7 - 56
10-11 Valve Adjustments, 4WD Drive Manifold ...................................................... 7 - 58
. Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
11-1 Fuel Tank ...................................................................................................... 7 - 59
11-2 Hydraulic Tank .............................................................................................. 7 - 59

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 xi


Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Seven Repair Procedures, continued


Turntable Rotation Components
12-1 Rotation Hydraulic Motor .............................................................................. 7 - 62
2WD Steering Axle Components
13-1 Yoke and Hub ............................................................................................... 7 - 65
13-2 Steering Cylinders ........................................................................................ 7 - 66
13-3 Tie Rod ......................................................................................................... 7 - 67
4WD Steering Axle Components
14-1 Yoke and Hub ............................................................................................... 7 - 68
14-2 Steering Cylinders ........................................................................................ 7 - 69
14-3 Tie Rod ......................................................................................................... 7 - 69
Oscillating Axle Components
15-1 Oscillating Axle Lock-out Cylinders ............................................................... 7 - 70
Non-steering Axle Components
16-1 Drive Motor ................................................................................................... 7 - 71
16-2 Torque Hub ................................................................................................... 7 - 71

xii Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 2 - Specifications

Specifications
Machine Specifications Platform dimensions 6 ft 8 ft
(Standard) (Optional)
Stowed dimensions S-60 S-65
Length 6 ft 8 ft
Length 27 ft 2 in 30 ft 10 in 1.83 m 2.44 m
8.3 m 9.4 m Width 30 in 36 in
Width 8 ft 8 ft 76.2 cm 91.4 cm
2.43 m 2.43 m Tires and wheels
Height 9 ft 9 ft Tire size 15-19.5 NHS
2.74 m 2.74 m
Tire ply rating 12
Weight 26,060 lbs 28,400 lbs Tire contact area 71 sq in
11,821 kg 12,882 kg 458 sq cm
Ground clearance 12 in 12 in Overall tire diameter 40 in
30 cm 30 cm 102 cm
Operational dimensions Tire pressure 85 psi
5.86 bar
Maximum platform height 60 ft 65 ft
18.3 m 19.8 m Wheel diameter 191/2 in
49.5 cm
Maximum horizontal reach 51 ft 3 in 56 ft 4 in
Wheel width 121/4 in
15.6 m 17.2 m
31 cm
Maximum turntable tailswing 3 ft 31/2 in 3 ft 31/2 in Wheel lugs 10 @ 3/4 -16
100 cm 100 cm
Lug nut torque, dry bolts 420 ft-lbs
Wheelbase 9 ft 0 in 9 ft 0 in 569.5 Nm
2.7 m 2.7 m
Lug nut torque, lubricated bolts 320 ft-lbs
Minimum turning radius, 12 ft 1 in 12 ft 1 in 433.9 Nm
inside 3.7 m 3.7 m
Fluid capacities
Minimum turning radius, 22 ft 2 in 22 ft 2 in Fuel tank 30 gallons
outside 6.76 m 6.76 m 114 liters
Turntable rotation continuous continuous LPG tank 33.5 pounds
15.2 kg
Platform rotation 160° 160°
Hydraulic tank 45 gallons
Maximum capacity 600 lbs 500 lbs 170 liters
6 foot platform 272 kg 227 kg
Hydraulic system 55 gallons
Maximum capacity 500 lbs 500 lbs (including tank) 208 liters
8 foot platform 227 kg 227 kg
Drive torque hubs 44 fl oz
Maximum allowable 1.30 liters
side force (ANSI and CSA) 150 lbs 150 lbs Turntable rotation 17 fl oz
68 kg 68 kg torque hub 0.51 liters
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to
change without notice.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 2-1


Section 2 - Specifications Service Manual - Second Edition

SPECIFICATIONS

Performance Specifications Boom function speeds, maximum


from platform controls
Drive speeds, maximum 2WD 4WD
Jib boom up 40 to 60 seconds
Drive speed, stowed 4.4 mph 3.0 mph
Gasoline/LPG models 7.1 km/h 4.8 km/h Jib boom down 50 to 80 seconds
40 ft/6.2 sec 40 ft/9.1 sec Boom up 55 to 85 seconds
12.2 m/6.2 sec 12.2 m/9.1 sec
Boom down 90 to 120 seconds
Drive speed, stowed 4.0 mph 2.8 mph
Deutz Diesel models 6.4 km/h 4.5 km/h Boom extend 60 to 80 seconds
40 ft/6.8 sec 40 ft/9.7 sec
12.2 m/6.8 sec12.2 m/9.7 sec Boom retract 55 to 85 seconds
Drive speed, 0.6 mph 0.6 mph Turntable rotate - 360°
raised or extended 1.0 km/h 1.0 km/h boom fully stowed 80 to 100 seconds
- all models 40 ft/40 sec 40 ft/40 sec
12.2 m/40 sec 12.2 m/40 sec Turntable rotate - 360°
boom extended 130 to 160 seconds

Platform rotate - 160° 10 to 20 seconds


Gradeability (boom stowed) 2WD 4WD
Platform level up 35 to 65 seconds
Rough terrain 28% 40%
Platform level down 25 to 55 seconds

2-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 2 - Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS

Hydraulic Specifications Function manifold

Hydraulic fluid Dexron equivalent Function relief valve pressure


S60 2600 psi 179 bar
Drive pump S65 2900 psi 200 bar

Type: bi-directional variable displacement piston pump Boom down 2100 psi
relief valve pressure 145 bar
Displacement - 2500 rpm 0 to 30.3 gallons per minute
0 to 114.7 liters per minute Boom extend 2500 psi
172 bar
Maximum drive pressure 3500 psi
241.3 bar Oscillate axle 950 psi
65 bar
Charge pressure
neutral position 290 psi 20 bar Steer regulator
drive position 250 psi 17 bar Oscillate models 5 gpm 18.9 liters/min
Non-oscillate models 3.5 gpm 13.2 liters/min
Medium pressure filter 3 micron
Auxiliary pump
Medium pressure filter 50 psi
bypass pressure 3.4 bar Type: fixed displacement gear pump

Drive manifold Displacement - static 0.152 cu in


2.5 cc
Brake 250 psi
relief pressure 17.2 bar Displacement 1.4 gallons per minute
5.3 liters per minute
Steer end drive motors 4WD models
Auxiliary pump 2500 psi
Displacement 1.52 cu in relief pressure 172 bar
per revolution 25 cc

Non-steer end drive motors

Displacement per revolution, variable 0.16 to 2.8 cu in


4WD (2 speed motor) 2.62 to 45.9 cc

Displacement per revolution, variable 1.12 to 2.8 cu in


2WD 18.4 to 45.9 cc

Function pump

Type: pressure balanced gear

Displacement - static 1.14 cu in


19 cc

Displacement - 2500 rpm 0 to 12.3 gallons per minute


0 to 46.6 liters per minute

Hydraulic tank circuit 10 micron with 25 psi


return line filter (1.7 bar) bypass

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 2-3


Section 2 - Specifications Service Manual - Second Edition

SPECIFICATIONS

Ford Engine LRG-423


Displacement 140 cu in Starter motor
2.3 liters
Normal engine cranking speed 200 to 250 rpm
Number of cylinders 4
Current draw, normal load 170A
Bore & stroke 3.781 x 3.126 inches
96.04 x 79.4 mm Current draw, maximum load 200A

Horsepower 63 @ 4000 rpm Current draw, minimum 140A

Firing order 1-3-4-2 Maximum circuit voltage drop 0.5V DC


while starting (normal temperature)
Low idle - carburetor 900 rpm
Brush length, new 0.66 in
Low idle - electronic governor 1600 rpm 16.8 mm

High idle 2500 rpm Brush length wear limit 0.25 in


6.35 mm
Governor electronic
Brush spring tension 64 ounces
Compression ratio 9.4:1 18 Newtons
Compression pressure (approx.) Bolt torque 45 to 84 inch-pounds
Pressure (psi) of lowest cylinder must be through brush 5.08 to 9.5 Nm
at least 75% of highest cylinder
Brush mounting 15 to 20 foot-pounds
Valve clearances - 0.035 to 0.055 inches bolt torque 20 to 27 Nm
collapsed tappet 0.889 to 1.397 mm
Maximum commutator 0.005 inches
Lubrication system run-out 0.127 mm
Oil pressure 40 to 60 psi Battery
(operating temp. @ 2000 rpm) 2.75 to 4.1 bar
Type 12V, Group 31
Oil capacity 5 quarts
(including filter) 4.7 liters Quantity 1

Oil viscosity requirements Cold cranking ampere 1000A

Temperature below 60°F / 15.5°C 5W-30 Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 200 minutes

-10°F to 90°F / -23°C to 32°C 10W-30 Fuel pump

Temperature above 10W-40 to 10W-50 Electronic solenoid 7 psi


-10°F / -23°C 0.48 bar

Temperature above 20W-40 or 20W-50


20°F / -6.6°C

Use oils meeting API classification SG (labeled SG/CC


or SG/CD) as they offer improved wear protection.
Units ship with 10W-40 SG/CC.

2-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 2 - Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS

Ignition System Bolt torque specifications


torque torque
Spark plug type Motorcraft AWSF-52C Bolt description (size) ft-lbs Nm
Spark plug gap 0.042 to 0.046 inches Exhaust manifold to cylinder head bolt or nut (M-10):
1.07 to 1.18 mm torque in sequence
first step 14 to 19 19 to 26
Engine coolant
second step 35 to 50 47 to 68
Capacity 111/2 quarts
Flywheel to crankshaft 54 to 64 73 to 87
10.9 liters
bolt (M-10)
Alternator
Intake manifold to 15 to 22 20 to 30
Output 95A, 14.5V cylinder head bolt or nut (M-8)

Bolt torque specifications Oil pressure sending unit to block 8 to 18 11 to 24


torque torque
Oil pan drain plug to pan (M-14) 15 to 25 20 to 34
Bolt description (size) ft-lbs Nm
Oil pan to block (M-6) 10 to 13.5 14 to 18
Timing belt tensioner 29 to 40 40 to 55
pivot bolt (M-10) Oil filter insert to block 21 to 26 28 to 35
Timing belt tensioner 25 to 29 35 to 40 Rocker arm cover to 7 to 10 9 to 13
adjusting bolt (M-8) cylinder head (M-6)
Camshaft gear bolt (M-12) 52 to 66 70 to 90 Spark plug to cylinder 7 to 15 9 to 20
head (M-14)
Camshaft thrust plate bolt (M-6) 6 to 9 8 to 12
Temperature sending 8 to 18 11 to 24
Carburetor to spacer stud (M-8) 7.5 to 15 10 to 20
unit to block (M-14)
Carburetor spacer to 10 to 14 14 to 19
Water jacket drain plug to block 12 to 18 16 to 24
manifold bolt (M-8)
Water pump to block bolt (M-8) 15 to 22 20 to 30
Crankshaft damper 92 to 122 125 to 165
bolt (M-14) Water outlet connection 15 to 22 20 to 30
bolt (M-8)
Cylinder head bolt (M-12): torque in sequence
first step 50 to 60 68 to 81 Cylinder front cover bolt (M-6) 10 to 12 13 to 16
second step 80 to 90 108 to 122
Inner timing belt cover 15 to 22 20 to 30
stud (M-8)

Outer timing belt cover 6 to 9 8 to 12


bolt (M-6)

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 2-5


Section 2 - Specifications Service Manual - Second Edition

SPECIFICATIONS

Deutz Engine F4L 1011F Injection pump pressure 4351 psi


300 bar
Displacement 166.7 cu in
2.732 liters Injector opening pressure 3626 psi
250 bar
Number of cylinders 4
Fuel requirement diesel number 2-D
Bore and stroke 3.58 x 4.13 inches
91 x 105 mm Alternator output 55A, 14V

Horsepower 56 @ 3000 rpm Starter motor

Firing order 1-3-4-2 Current draw, no load 90A

Compression ratio 18.5:1 Brush length, new 0.7480 in


19 mm
Compression pressure 362 to 435 psi
25 to 30 bar Brush length, minimum 0.5 in
12.7 mm
Low idle 1300 rpm
Battery
High idle 2300 rpm
Type 12V, Group 31
Governor centrifugal mechanical
Quantity 1
Valve clearance, cold
Cold cranking ampere 1000A
Intake 0.012 in
0.3 mm Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 200 minutes

Fan belt deflection 3 /8


to 1/2 inch
Exhaust 0.020 in
0.5 mm 9 to 12 mm

Lubrication system Bolt tightening specifications


torque torque
Oil pressure 26 to 87 psi Bolt description (size, grade) ft-lbs Nm
1.8 to 6.0 bar
Camshaft/thrust bearing bolt 15 to 18 20 to 24
Oil capacity 11 quarts (M-8 x 35, 8.8)
(including filter) 10.5 liters
Rocker arm bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24
Oil viscosity requirements (M-8 x 45, 8.8)

Temperature below 60°F / 15.5°C (synthetic) 5W-30 Rocker arm set screw nut 15 to 18 20 to 24

-10°F to 90°F / -23°C to 32°C 10W-40 Cylinder head cover 6 to 7 8 to 10

Temperature above -4°F / -34°C 15W-40 Blower rotor nut 33 to 41 45 to 55


(M-17 Valeo or M-18 Bosch)
Engine oil should have properties of API classification
CC/SG or CD/SG grades. Blower carrier bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24
Units ship with 10W-40 SG/CC. (M-8 x 50 Torx, 8.8)

Injection system V-belt pulley bolts 28 to 34 38 to 46


(M-10 x 16, 8.8)
Injection pump make OMAP

2-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 2 - Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS

torque torque
Bolt tightening specifications, continued
ft-lbs Nm
torque torque
Bolt description (size, grade) ft-lbs Nm Oil thermostat housing screw 37 to 44 50 to 60
plug (M-38 x 1.5)
Idler pulley/V-belt pulley bolt 27 to 32 36 to 44
(M-10 x 25, 8.8) Oil thermostat housing bolts 5.5 to 7 7.5 to 9
(M-6 x 35 Torx, 8.8)
Idler pulley for toothed belt 30 to 36 41 to 49
(M-10 x 50, 8.8) Oil thermostat housing bolts 5.5 to 7 7.5 to 9
(M-6 x 80 Torx, 8.8)
Oil pump bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24
(M-8 x 35 Torx) Oil thermostat housing bolts 14 to 16 19 to 22
(M-6 x 105 Torx, 8.8)
Oil filter bracket bolts 7 to 8 9 to 11
(M-8 x 20 Torx, 8.8) Valve plunger housing bolts 14 to 16 19 to 22
(M-8 x 30 Torx, 8.8)
Oil intake housing bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24
(M-8 x 75 Torx) Alternator nuts (M-5) 3 4
Fuel pump bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24 Fuel bracket bolts (M-8 x 20, 8.8) 15 20
Injection pump bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24 Adapter housing bolts 70 to 77 95 to 105
(M-12 x 35, 10.9 or M-12 x 75, 10.9)
Injector cap nut 30 to 37 40 to 50
first step second step
Injector fastening bolt 15 to 18 20 to 24
tightening tightening
Injection line 10 to 12 13.5 to 16.5 torque angles
ft-lbs Nm 1st 2nd
Air intake manifold bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24
(M-8 x 30, 8.8) Main bearing bolts 37 50 60° 45°
Air intake manifold, 3-hole 15 to 18 20 to 24 Big end bolts 22 30 60° 60°
flange bolts (M-8 x 35 Torx, 8.8)
Flywheel bolts 22 30 60° 30°
Exhaust manifold bolts 27 to 32 36 to 44
(M-10 x 30 Torx, 10.9) Cylinder head step 1 22 30
studs step 2 59 80
Starter fastening bolts 28 to 34 38 to 46 step 3 118 160 120° NA
(M-10 x 28, 8.8)
Camshaft/central bolt 22 30 150° NA
Starter carrier bolts 50 to 60 68 to 82
(M-12 x 28, 8.8) Crankshaft/central bolt 96 130 210° NA

Oil pan bolts 15 to 18 20 to 24


(M-8 x 16 Torx, 8.8)

Oil drain bolts 37 to 44 50 to 60

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 2-7


Section 2 - Specifications Service Manual - Second Edition

SPECIFICATIONS

Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications


Your machine is equipped with Parker Seal-Lok® O-ring face seal fittings and hose ends. Machines that
utilize Parker Seal-Lok® O-ring face seal fittings and hose ends require that the fittings and hose ends be
torqued to specification when they are removed and installed or when new hoses or fittings are installed.

Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications


SAE O-ring Boss Port - tube fitting Seal-Lok® - hose end
SAE Dash Installing SAE Dash
Size into... ft. lbs. Nm Size ft. lbs. Nm
-4 Aluminum 11 14.9 -4 18 24.4
Steel 16 21.7 -6 27 36.6
-6 Aluminum 23 31.2 -8 40 54.2
Steel 35 47.5 -10 63 85.4
-8 Aluminum 40 54.2 -12 90 122
Steel 60 81.3 -16 120 162.7
-10 Aluminum 69 93.6 -20 140 190
Steel 105 142.4 -24 165 223.7
-12 Aluminum 93 126.1
Steel 140 190
-16 Aluminum 139 188.5
Steel 210 284.7
-20 Aluminum 172 233.2
Steel 260 352.5
-24 Aluminum 208 282
Steel 315 427.1

Torque Procedure
1 Replace the O-ring. The O-ring must be 3 Be sure that the face seal O-ring is seated and
replaced anytime the seal has been broken. retained properly.
The O-ring cannot be re-used if the fitting or
4 Position the tube and nut squarely on the face
hose end has been tightened beyond finger
seal end of the fitting and tighten the nut finger
tight.
tight.
The O-rings used in the Parker
Seal Lok® fittings and hose ends 5 Tighten the nut or fitting to the appropriate
are a custom-size O-ring. They torque per given size as shown in the table
are not a standard SAE size O- above.
ring. They are available in the O- 6 Operate all machine functions and inspect the
ring field service kit (Genie pn. hoses and fittings and related components to
49612). be sure that there are no leaks.
2 Lubricate the O-ring before installation.
2-8 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412
Service Manual - Second Edition Section 2 - Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS

Bolt Torque Specifications


Size Threads SAE Grade 5 Bolts SAE Grade 8 Bolts
Torque - Dry Torque - Dry Torque - Dry Torque - Dry Torque - Dry Torque - Dry
inch-pounds foot-pounds Newton meters inch-pounds foot-pounds Newton meters

No. 10 24 43 5 60 7

32 49 6 68 8
1
/4 inch 20 96 11 144 16

28 120 14 168 19
5/16 inch 18 17 23 25 34

24 19 28 25 34
3/8 inch 16 30 41 45 61

24 35 48 50 68
7/16 inch 50 70
14 68 95

20 55 75 80 109
1/2 inch 75 110
13 102 149

20 90 122 120 163


9/16 inch 12 110 149 150 204

18 120 163 170 231


5/8 inch 11 150 204 220 298

18 170 231 240 326


3/4 inch 10 260 353 380 515

16 300 407 420 570


7/8 inch 9 430 583 600 814

14 470 637 660 895


1 inch 8 640 868 900 1221

12 700 949 1000 1356

Torque specifications for lubricated bolts are 25% less than dry torque specifications for each bolt size.

These bolt torque specifications are for general use only. Specification may vary depending on application of bolt.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 2-9


Section 2 - Specifications Service Manual - Second Edition

This page intentionally left blank.

2 - 10 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections

Scheduled Maintenance Inspections

About This Section


Warm Cold Dealer
Tools are New parts engine engine service
required required required required suggested
The Schedule

There are four types of maintenance inspections


that must be performed according to a schedule—
daily, quarterly, annual, two year. To account for
repeated procedures, the Maintenance Tables and
Observe and Obey: the Maintenance Inspection Report have been
divided into four subsections—A, B, C, D. Use the
Maintenance inspections shall be completed by following chart to determine which group(s) of
a person trained and qualified on the procedures are required to perform a scheduled
maintenance of this machine. inspection.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be
completed daily, quarterly, annually and every Inspection Table or Checklist
2 years as specified on the Maintenance
Daily A
Inspection Report.
Failure to properly complete each Quarterly A+B
inspection when required may
Annual A+B+C
cause death, serious injury or
substantial damage.
Two year A+B+C+D
Immediately tag and remove from service a
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Maintenance Tables
Repair any machine damage or malfunction
before operating machine. The maintenance tables contained in this section
provide summary information on the specific
Keep records on all inspections for three years. physical requirements for each inspection.
Machines that have been out of service for a Complete step-by-step instructions for each
period longer than 3 months must complete the scheduled maintenance procedure are provided in
quarterly inspection. section 4, Scheduled Maintenance Procedures.

Maintenance Inspection Report


The maintenance inspection report contains
checklists for each type of scheduled inspection.

Make copies of the Maintenance Inspection


Report to use for each inspection. Store
completed forms for three years.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 3-1


Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections Service Manual - Second Edition

Maintenance Tables

Table A Tools are New parts


Warm
engine
Cold
engine
Dealer
service
required required required required suggested

A-1 Inspect the Manuals

A-2 Inspect the Decals and Placards

A-3 Inspect for Damage, Loose or Missing Parts

A-4 Check the Engine Oil Level

A-5 Check the Engine Coolant Level -


Gasoline/LPG Models

A-6 Check for Fuel Leaks

A-7 Check the Hydraulic Oil Level

A-8 Check for Hydraulic Leaks

A-9 Check the Tire Pressure

A-10 Test the Oscillate Axle (if equipped)

A-11 Test the Platform and Ground Controls

A-12 Test the Auxiliary Power Operation

A-13 Test the Tilt Sensor

A-14 Test the Limit Switches

Every 100 hours, perform the following three engine


maintenance procedures.

A-15 Replace the Engine Oil and Filter


Gasoline/LPG Models

3-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections

MAINTENANCE TABLES

Table A, continued Tools are New parts


Warm
engine
Cold
engine
Dealer
service
required required required required suggested

A-16 Drain the Fuel Filter/Water Separator -


Deutz Diesel Models

A-17 Replace the Engine Air Filter

Table B

B-1 Check the Engine Belt

B-2 Check the Radiator -


Gasoline/LPG Models

B-3 Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling Fins -


Deutz Diesel Models

B-4 Check the Exhaust System

B-5 Check the Battery

B-6 Check the Hydraulic Tank


Filter Condition Indicator

B-7 Inspect the Electrical Wiring

B-8 Inspect the Tires and Wheels


(including lug nut torque)

B-9 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration

B-10 Check the Oil Level in the Torque Hubs

B-11 Check and Adjust the Engine Idle Mixture -


Gasoline/LPG Models

B-12 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 3-3


Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections Service Manual - Second Edition

MAINTENANCE TABLES

Table B, continued Tools are New parts


Warm
engine
Cold
engine
Dealer
service
required required required required suggested

B-13 Test the Key Switch

B-14 Test the Emergency Stop Buttons

B-15 Test the Ground Control Override

B-16 Check the Directional Valve Linkage

B-17 Test the Platform Self-leveling

B-18 Test the Horn

B-19 Test the Foot Switch

B-20 Test the Engine Idle Select

B-21 Test the Fuel Select Operation -


Gasoline/LPG Models

B-22 Test the Drive Enable System

B-23 Test the Drive Brakes

B-24 Test the Drive Speed -


Stowed Position

B-25 Test the Alarm Package -


Optional Equipment

B-26 Perform Hydraulic Oil Anaysis


See D-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil

Every 500 hours, perform the following engine


maintenance procedure.

B-27 Replace the Engine Oil and Filter -


Deutz Diesel Models

3-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections

MAINTENANCE TABLES

Warm Cold Dealer


Table C Tools are New parts engine engine service
required required required required suggested

C-1 Check the Boom Wear Pads

C-2 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts

C-3 Check the Free-wheel Configuration

C-4 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing


and Rotate Gear

C-5 Replace the Torque Hub Oil

C-6 Replace the Hydraulic Tank Filter

C-7 Replace the Drive Loop Hydraulic Filter

C-8 Replace the Diesel Fuel Filter/Water Separator


Deutz Diesel Models

C-9 Replace the Gasoline Fuel Filter -


Gasoline/LPG Models

C-10 Replace the PCV Valve -


Gasoline/LPG Models

C-11 Replace the Spark Plugs -


Gasoline/LPG Models

C-12 Check and Adjust the Air/LPG Mixture -


Gasoline/LPG Models

C-13 Check and Adjust the Ignition Timing -


Gasoline/LPG Models

C-14 Check the Engine Valve Clearances -


Deutz Diesel Models

C-15 Check the Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 3-5


Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections Service Manual - Second Edition

MAINTENANCE TABLES

Table D Tools are New parts


Warm
engine
Cold
engine
Dealer
service
required required required required suggested

D-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil

D-2 Change or Recondition the Engine Coolant -


Gasoline/LPG Models

D-3 Change the Fuel Lines

D-4 Check the Engine Valve Clearance -


Gasoline/LPG Models

D-5 Check the Engine Cylinder Compression -


Gasoline/LPG Models

D-6 Clean the PCV Hoses and Fittings -


Gasoline/LPG Models

D-7 Check the Fuel Injection Pumps and Injectors


- Deutz Diesel Models

D-8 Check the Toothed Belt -


Deutz Diesel Models

D-9 Replace the Timing Belt -


Gasoline/LPG Models

D-10 Grease the Steer Axle Wheel Bearings -


2WD Models

3-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections

Maintenance Inspection Report


Model Checklist A Y N R B-18 Horn
Warm Cold Dealer
Tools are New parts engine engine service
Refer to Table A B-19 Foot switch
Serial number required required required required suggested
A-1 Manuals B-20 Engine idle select
Date A-2 Decals and placards B-21 Fuel select-Gas/LPG
A-3 Damage, loose or B-22 Drive enable system
Hour meter missing parts B-23 Drive brakes
Machine owner A-4 Engine oil level B-24 Drive speed-stowed
A-5 Engine coolant-Gas/LPG B-25 Alarm package
Inspected by (print) A-6 Fuel leaks B-26 Hydraulic oil analysis
A-7 Hydraulic oil level Perform every 500 hours:
Inspector signature
A-8 Hydraulic leaks B-27 Replace engine oil
Inspector title A-9 Tire pressure and filter-Deutz Diesel
A-10 Oscillate axle
Inspector company
A-11 Platform and Checklist C Y N R
Instructions ground controls Refer to Table C
· Make copies of this page to use for A-12 Auxiliary power C-1 Boom wear pads
each inspection. A-13 Tilt sensor C-2 Turntable bearing bolts
· Select the appropriate checklist(s) for A-14 Limit switches
the type of inspection to be performed. C-3 Free-wheel configuration
Perform every 100 hours: C-4 Grease rotation bearing
Daily Inspection: A A-15 Replace engine oil
C-5 Torque hub oil
Quarterly Inspection: A+B and filter-Gas/LPG Models
C-6 Hydraulic tank filter
Annual Inspection: A+B+C A-16 Drain filter/separator
Deutz Diesel C-7 Drive loop hydraulic filter
2 Year Inspection: A+B+C+D
A-17 Replace air filter C-8 Fuel filter-Deutz Diesel
· Place a check in the appropriate box C-9 Fuel filter-Gas/LPG
after each inspection procedure is
Checklist B Y N R C-10 PCV valve-Gas/LPG
completed.
· Use the maintenance tables in this Refer to Table B C-11 Spark plugs-Gas/LPG
section and the step-by-step B-1 Engine belt C-12 Air/LPG mixture
procedures in section 4 to learn how to C-13 Ignition timing-Gas/LPG
B-2 Engine radiator-Gas/LPG
perform these inspections. C-14 Valves-Deutz Diesel
B-3 Oil cooler and fins-Diesel
· If any inspection receives an “N”, tag C-15 Turntable backlash
and remove the machine from service, B-4 Exhaust system
repair and re-inspect it. After repair, B-5 Battery
Checklist D Y N R
place a check in the “R” box.
B-6 Hydraulic tank filter
Refer to Table D
Legend B-7 Electrical wiring
Y = yes, acceptable D-1 Hydraulic oil
B-8 Tires and wheels
N = no, remove from service D-2 Engine coolant-Gas/LPG
B-9 Brake configuration
R = repaired D-3 Change fuel lines
B-10 Torque hub oil level
Comments D-4 Valves-Gas/LPG
B-11 Idle mixture-Gas/LPG
D-5 Compression-Gas/LPG
B-12 Engine RPM
D-6 PCV hoses-Gas/LPG
B-13 Key switch
D-7 Fuel injection-Diesel
B-14 Emergency Stop
D-8 Toothed belt-Diesel
B-15 Ground control override
D-9 Timing belt-Gas/LPG
B-16 Directional valve
D-10 Wheel bearings
B-17 Platform leveling

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 3-7


Section 3 - Scheduled Maintenance Inspections Service Manual - Second Edition

Warm Cold Dealer


Tools are New parts engine engine service
required required required required suggested

This page intentionally left blank.

3-8 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

Scheduled Maintenance Procedures


About This Section
This section contains detailed procedures for each
scheduled maintenance inspection.

Each procedure includes a description, safety


information and step-by-step instructions.

Observe and Obey: Symbols Legend

Maintenance inspections shall be completed by Indicates the presence of a hazard


a person trained and qualified on the that will cause death or serious
maintenance of this machine. injury.

Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be Indicates the presence of a hazard


that may cause death or serious
completed daily, quarterly, annually and every 2
injury.
years as specified on the Maintenance
Inspection Report. Indicates the presence of a hazard
that will or may cause serious
Failure to perform each procedure
injury or damage to the machine.
as presented and scheduled may
cause death, serious injury or Indicates special operation or
substantial damage. maintenance information.
Immediately tag and remove from service a Indicates that a specific result is expected after
damaged or malfunctioning machine. performing a step.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction
before operating machine.
Keep records on all inspections for three years.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each
maintenance procedure with the machine in the
following configuration:
· Machine parked on a flat, level surface
· Boom in stowed position
· Turntable rotated with the boom between
the non-steering wheels
· Turntable secured with the turntable
rotation lock pin
· Key switch in the OFF position with the
key removed
· Wheels chocked

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4-1


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Table A Procedures
A-1 2 Inspect all decals for legibility and damage.
Replace any damaged or illegible decal
Inspect the Manuals immediately.
Maintaining the operator’s and safety manuals in Contact your authorized Genie
good condition is essential to safe machine distributor or Genie Industries if
operation. Manuals are included with each replacement decals are needed.
machine and should be stored in the container
provided in the platform. An illegible or missing
manual will not provide safety and operational
information necessary for a safe operating A-3
condition.
Inspect for Damage, Loose or
1 Check to be sure that the storage container is Missing Parts
present and in good condition.
Daily machine condition inspections are essential
2 Check to make sure that the operator's, to safe machine operation and good machine
responsibilities and safety manual are present performance. Failure to locate and repair damage,
and complete in the storage container in the and discover loose or missing parts may result in
platform. an unsafe operating condition.
3 Examine the pages of each manual to be sure
1 Inspect the entire machine for damage and
that they are legible and in good condition.
improperly installed or missing parts including:
4 Always return the manuals to the storage
· Electrical components, wiring and electrical
container after use.
cables
Contact your authorized Genie
· Hydraulic hoses, fittings, cylinders and
distributor or Genie Industries if
manifolds
replacement manuals are needed.
· Fuel and hydraulic tanks
· Drive and turntable rotation motors and
A-2 torque hubs
Inspect the · Axle components
Decals and Placards · Boom components and wear pads
Maintaining all of the safety and instructional
· Dents or damage to machine
decals and placards in good condition is
mandatory for safe machine operation. Decals · Tires and wheels
alert operators and personnel to the many possible
· Engine and related components
hazards associated with using this machine. They
also provide users with operation and maintenance · Limit switches
information. An illegible decal will fail to alert
personnel of a procedure or hazard and could · Alarms, horn and beacon (if equipped)
result in unsafe operating conditions. · Nuts, bolts and other fasteners
1 Refer to the Decals section in the · Platform entry mid-rail or gate
Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Operator's Manual
· Cracks in welds or structural components
and use the decal list and illustrations to
determine that all decals and placards are in · Compartment covers and latches
place.
4-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412
Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE A PROCEDURES

A-4 A-5
Check the Engine Oil Level Check the Engine Coolant Level
Maintaining the proper engine oil level is essential - Gasoline/LPG Models
to good engine performance and service life. Maintaining the engine coolant at the proper level
Operating the machine with an improper oil level is essential to engine service life. Improper coolant
can damage engine components. level will affect the engine's cooling capability and
Check the oil level with the damage engine components. Daily checks will
engine off. allow the inspector to identify changes in coolant
level that might indicate cooling system problems.
1 Check the oil dipstick. Add oil as needed.
1 Check the fluid level in the coolant recovery
Result: The oil level should be in the "safe" tank. Add fluid as needed.
zone.
Result: The fluid level should be in the
NORMAL range.
Ford LRG-423 Engine 5 quarts
Oil capacity (including filter) 4.7 liters Fluids in the radiator are under
pressure and extremely hot. Use
Ford LRG-423 Engine
caution when removing cap and
Oil viscosity requirements
adding fluids.
below 60°F / 15.5°C 5W-30

-10° to 90°F / -23° to 32°C 10W-30


A-6
above -10°F / -23°C 10W-40 or 10W-50 Check for Fuel Leaks
above 25°F / -4°C 20W-40 or 20W-50 Failure to detect and correct fuel leaks will result in
an unsafe condition. An explosion or fuel fire may
Use oils meeting API classification SF (labeled SF/CC cause death or serious injury.
or SF/CD) as they offer improved wear protection.
Engine fuels are combustible.
Deutz Engine F4L 1011F 11 quarts Inspect the machine in an open,
Oil capacity (including filter) 10.5 liters well-ventilated area away from
heaters, sparks, flames and
Deutz Engine F4L 1011F Oil viscosity requirements lighted tobacco. Always have an
approved fire extinguisher within
below 60°F / 15.5°C (synthetic) 5W-30 easy reach.

-10°F to 90°F / -23°C to 32°C 10W-40 1 Open the shutoff valve on the liquid petroleum
gas (LPG) tank by turning it counterclockwise.
above -4°F / -34°C 15W-40 2 Perform a visual inspection around the following
areas. (An LPG detector may be necessary to
Engine oil should have properties of API classification
locate LPG leaks.)
CC/SE, CD/SE, SF/CC or SF/CD grades.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4-3


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE A PROCEDURES

Gasoline/LPG models: A-8


· LPG tank, hoses and fittings, solenoid shutoff Check for Hydraulic Leaks
valve, LPG regulator and carburetor
Detecting hydraulic fluid leaks is essential to
· Gasoline tank, manual shutoff valve, fuel operational safety and good machine performance.
pump solenoid shutoff valve, hoses and Undiscovered leaks can develop into hazardous
fittings and carburetor situations, impair machine functions and damage
machine components.
Deutz Diesel models:
1 Inspect for hydraulic oil puddles, dripping or
· Fuel tank, shutoff valve, hoses and fittings, residue on or around the following areas:
fuel pump, fuel filter, fuel injection pumps and
· Hydraulic tank—filter, fittings, hoses, auxiliary
fuel injectors
power unit and turntable surface
If a fuel leak is discovered, keep
· Engine compartment—fittings, hoses,
any additional personnel from
pumps, filter and turntable surface
entering the area and do not
operate the machine. Repair the · All hydraulic cylinders
leak immediately. · All hydraulic manifolds
· Boom(s)
· The underside of the turntable
A-7 · The underside of the drive chassis
Check the Hydraulic Oil Level · Ground area under the machine
Maintaining the hydraulic oil at the proper level is
essential to machine operation. Improper hydraulic
oil levels can damage hydraulic components. Daily
checks allow the inspector to identify changes in oil
level that might indicate the presence of hydraulic
system problems.
1 Be sure that the boom is in the stowed position,
then visually inspect the sight gauge located on
the side of the hydraulic oil tank.
Result: The hydraulic oil level should be within
the top 2 inches (5 cm) of the sight gauge.

Hydraulic oil specifications

Hydraulic oil type Dexron equivalent

Tank capacity 45 gallons


170 liters

Hydraulic system 55 gallons


(including tank) 208 liters

4-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE A PROCEDURES

A-9 A-10
Check the Tire Pressure Test the Oscillate Axle
This procedure does not need (if equipped)
to be performed on machines Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machine
equipped with the foam-filled operation. If the axle oscillation system is not
tire option. operating correctly, the stability of the machine is
An over-inflated tire can explode compromised and it may tip over.
and may cause death or serious
1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
injury.
2 Drive the right steer tire up onto a 6 inch
To safeguard maximum stability, achieve
(15.2 cm) block or curb.
optimum machine handling and minimize tire
wear, it is essential to maintain proper pressure Result: The three remaining tires should stay in
in all air-filled tires. firm contact with the ground and the chassis
should remain level at all times.
1 Check each tire with an air pressure gauge and
add air as needed. 3 Drive the left steer tire up onto a 6 inch
(15.2 cm) block or curb.
Tire specifications Result: The three remaining tires should stay in
firm contact with the ground and the chassis
Tire size 15-19.5 NHS
should remain level at all times.
Pressure 85 psi 4 Drive both steer tires up onto a 6 inch
5.86 bar (15.2 cm) block or curb.
Result: The non-steer tires should stay in firm
contact with the ground.
If the chassis does not remain
level during test, see Repair
Procedure 10-6, How to Set Up
the Directional Valve Linkage OR
see Repair Procedure 10-5, How
to Adjust the Sequence Valve
Pressure.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4-5


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE A PROCEDURES

A-11 6 Start the engine from the platform controls.


Test the Platform and 7 Do not press down on the footswitch.
Ground Controls 8 Attempt to operate all machine functions.
Testing the machine functions and the Emergency Result: All machine functions should not
Stop buttons for malfunctions is essential for safe operate.
machine operation. An unsafe working condition
9 Press down on the footswitch and activate each
exists if any function fails to operate properly or
machine function.
either Emergency Stop button fails to stop all the
machine functions and shut off the engine. Each Result: All machine functions should operate
function should activate, operate smoothly and be through a full cycle.
free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise.
10 Push in the Emergency Stop button to the OFF
1 Pull out the Emergency Stop button at the position at the platform controls.
ground controls to the ON position. Result: No function should operate, the engine
2 Start the engine from the ground controls. should stop.

3 Do not hold the function enable switch to either As a safety feature, selecting
side. Attempt to activate each boom and and operating the ground
platform function toggle switch. controls will override the
platform controls, including
Result: All boom and platform functions should the Emergency Stop switch.
not operate.
Deutz Diesel models:
4 Hold the function enable switch to either side All functions should stop
and activate each boom and platform function immediately. The engine will
toggle switch. shut off after 2 to 3 seconds.
Result: All boom and platform functions should
operate through a full cycle. Descent alarm (if
equipped) should sound while the boom is
lowering. A-12
5 Push in the Emergency Stop button to the OFF
Test the Auxiliary Power
position. Operation
Result: No function should operate, the engine Detection of auxiliary power system malfunctions is
should stop. essential for safe machine operation. An unsafe
working condition exists if the auxiliary powered
Machines equipped with Platform
functions do not operate in the event of a main
Level Control Disable Function:
power loss. When operating the machine on
The platform level function will not
engine power, selecting auxiliary power will stop
operate when the boom is raised
the engine immediately. Auxiliary power is
or extended past the drive speed
designed for short term emergency use only,
limit switches.
and excessive use will result in battery drain
Deutz Diesel models: and component damage.
All functions should stop
immediately. The engine will 1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull
shut off after 2 to 3 seconds. out the Emergency Stop button to the ON
position at the ground controls.

4-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE A PROCEDURES

2 Lift the red auxiliary power switch cover. A-13


3 Simultaneously hold the auxiliary power switch Test the Tilt Sensor
ON and activate each boom function toggle
switch. The tilt sensor sounds an alarm located in the
platform when the incline of the turntable exceeds
4.5 degrees.

Select a level test area. The tilt


alarm should not be sounding prior
to the test.
1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
2 Open the tank side turntable cover and press
down on one side of the tilt sensor.
To conserve battery power, test Result: After a 1.5 second delay, the alarm in
each function through a partial the platform should sound.
cycle.
Tip-over hazard. The alarm should
Result: All boom functions should operate. be audible at the ground controls.
4 Turn the key switch to platform control. If the alarm is not audible at the
ground controls, replace the
5 Pull out the Emergency Stop switch to the ON alarm.
position at the platform controls, then press
down the foot switch.
6 Lift the red auxiliary power switch cover.
7 Simultaneously hold the auxiliary power switch
ON and activate each function control handle or
toggle switch

a b c

a fuel tank
b tilt sensor
To conserve battery power, test
c ground control box
each function through a partial
cycle.
Result: All boom and steer functions should
operate. Drive functions should not operate with
auxiliary power.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4-7


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE A PROCEDURES

A-14 3 Visually inspect the boom extend drive limit


switch located on the end of the cable track on
Test the Limit Switches the boom. Inspect for the following:
Drive Limit Switches · Broken or missing roller or arm
Detecting limit switch malfunctions is essential to · Missing fasteners
safe machine operation. The drive limit switches · Loose wiring
are used to restrict drive speed when the boom is
raised or extended. An improperly functioning drive
limit switch will allow the machine to operate at an
unsafe drive speed.
1 Remove the cover from the rear of the turntable
to access the drive limit switch.
2 Visually inspect the drive limit switch mounted
to the turntable side plate at the pivot end of the
boom. Inspect for the following:
· Broken or missing roller or roller head
a b
· Missing fasteners
· Loose wiring a boom extend drive limit switch
b cable track

a b 4 Start the engine from the ground controls.


5 Extend the boom approximately 3 feet (0.9 m).
6 Manually activate the boom extend drive limit
switch.
Result: The boom extend drive limit switch arm
should move freely and spring return to center.
A distinct click should be felt and heard.
7 Turn the keyswitch to platform control.
8 Fully retract the boom.
9 Slowly move the drive control handle
off center.
Result: The machine should move at normal
drive speeds.
10 Raise the boom to just above horizontal.
c
11 Slowly move the drive control handle off center.
a turntable riser Result: The machine should move at a reduced
b boom drive speed.
c boom drive limit switch

4-8 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE A PROCEDURES

12 Lower the boom to the stowed position, then 3 Start the engine from the platform controls and
extend the boom 3 feet (91 cm). rotate the turntable so the boom is between the
non-steer tires.
13 Slowly move the drive control handle off center.
4 Rotate the turntable to the left until the boom is
Result: The machine should move at a reduced
past the left non-steer wheel.
drive speed.
Result: The drive enable indicator light should
Drive speed, maximum, be on. Drive function should not operate until
raised or extended the drive enable toggle switch is activated.

All models 1 foot per second 5 Rotate the turntable to the right until the boom is
0.31 meter per second past the right non-steer wheel.
Result: The drive enable indicator light should
be on. Drive function should not operate until
Drive Enable Limit Switch the drive enable toggle switch is activated.
1 With the engine off and the boom in between
the steer and non-steer tires, visually inspect
the drive enable limit switch for the following:
· Broken or missing roller or arm
· Missing fasteners
· Loose wiring
a

c b

a turntable
b drive enable limit switch
c turntable rotation bearing

2 Manually activate the drive enable limit switch.


Result: The drive enable limit switch roller
should move freely and spring return to center.
A distinct click should be felt and heard.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4-9


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE A PROCEDURES

A-15 2 Place a suitable container under the engine


pivot plate directly below the oil pan drain plug.
Replace the Engine Oil and
Filter - Gasoline/LPG Models
Ford engine specifications require
that this procedure be performed
every 100 hours. Perform this
procedure more often if dusty
conditions exist or the machine is
subjected to extended low idle
operation.
Periodic replacement of the engine oil and filter
is essential to good engine performance. Operating
the machine with an improper oil level or
neglecting periodic oil and filter changes can
damage engine components. A daily check of
elapsed machine hours against the hours noted
a b c b
on the oil filter will allow the inspector to anticipate
and perform oil and filter changes at the 100 hour
a engine pivot plate
interval. b pivot plate retaining bolts
c oil drain hose
Perform this procedure after
warming the engine to normal 3 Remove the plug from the oil pan and allow all
operating temperature. of the oil from the engine to drain into a suitable
Beware of hot engine parts and oil. container. See capacity specifications below.
Contact with hot engine oil and/or 4 Install the plug into the oil pan.
engine parts may cause severe
burns. 5 Remove the 2 engine pivot plate retaining bolts
from under the engine pivot plate. Swing the
1 Remove the oil filler cap located on the engine pivot plate away from the machine to
valve cover. access the oil filter.
6 Use an oil filter wrench and remove the filter.
7 Apply a thin layer of oil to the new oil filter
gasket (Genie part no. 28656). Then install the
filter and tighten it securely by hand.
8 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date
and number of hours from the hour meter on
the oil filter.
9 Fill the engine with new oil per specifications
and install the filler cap. See capacity
specifications below.
10 Start the engine from the ground controls.
Allow the engine to run for 30 seconds, then
turn the engine off.

4 - 10 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE A PROCEDURES

11 Check the oil filter and the oil pan drain plug for A-16
leaks.
Drain the Fuel Filter/ Water
12 Swing the engine pivot plate back to its original
position and replace the two pivot plate
Separator - Deutz Diesel Models
retaining bolts. Engine specifications require that
13 Check the engine oil level dipstick. Add oil this procedure be performed every
if needed. 100 hours. Poor fuel quality or
very wet conditions may
necessitate performing this
Ford LRG-423 Engine 5 quarts
procedure more often.
Oil capacity (including filter) 4.7 liters
Proper maintenance of the fuel filter/water
Ford LRG-423 Engine separator is essential for good engine
Oil viscosity requirements performance. Failure to perform this procedure can
lead to poor engine performance and component
below 60°F / 15.5°C 5W-30
damage.
-10° to 90°F / -23° to 32°C 10W-30 Engine fuels are combustible.
Perform this procedure in an open,
above -10°F / -23°C 10W-40 or 10W-50 well-ventilated area away from
heaters, sparks, flames and
above 25°F / -4°C 20W-40 or 20W-50 lighted tobacco. Always have an
approved fire extinguisher within
Use oils meeting API classification SF (labeled SF/CC
easy reach.
or SF/CD) as they offer improved wear protection.
Perform this procedure with the
engine off.
1 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom of
the filter. Allow the water to drain into a suitable
container until fuel starts to come out.
Immediately tighten the drain plug.

a fuel filter
b drain plug

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 11


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE A PROCEDURES

2 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled. 6 Replace the end cap on the canister, then
replace the retaining ring.
If the fuel filter is completely
drained, you must prime the fuel
filter/water separator before Air filters - Genie part numbers
Ford LRG-423 Engine 27916
starting the engine. Refer to C-8 in
Deutz F4L 1011F Engine 27916
this section, Replace The Diesel
Fuel Filter/Water Separator, for
instructions on how to prime the
fuel filter/water separator.
3 Start the engine from the ground controls and
check the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.

A-17
Replace the Engine Air Filter
Engine specifications require that
this procedure be performed every
100 hours. Perform this procedure
more often if dusty conditions
exist.
Maintaining the engine air filter in good condition is
essential to good engine performance and service
life. Failure to perform this procedure can lead to
poor engine performance and component damage.
Perform this procedure with the
engine off.
1 Remove the retaining ring from the end cap of
the air filter canister.
2 Remove the end cap from the air cleaner
canister.
3 Remove the air filter retaining fastener, then
remove the filter.
4 Clean the inside of the canister and the gasket
with a damp cloth.
5 Insert the new filter and replace the mounting
fastener.

4 - 12 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

Table B Procedures
B-1 5 Check the engine belt for proper tension.
Check the Engine Belt
Maintaining the engine belt(s) is essential to good
engine performance and service life. The machine
will not operate properly with a loose or defective
belt and continued use may cause component
damage.

Do not inspect while the engine


is running. Remove the key to
secure from operation. Deutz Diesel engine
Beware of hot engine
components. Contact with hot
engine components may cause Ford LRG-423 engines are
severe burns. equipped with a serpentine belt
and incorporate a self adjusting
1 Deutz Diesel models: Remove the 2 bolts from pulley tensioner. No adjustment is
under the engine pivot plate. Swing the engine required.
pivot plate away from the machine to access
the front engine access cover mounting 3 /8
Belt deflection - inch to 1/2 inch
fasteners.
Deutz Diesel models 9 mm to 12 mm
2 Remove the front engine access cover
mounting fasteners.
3 All models: Inspect the engine belt for:
· Cracking
· Glazing
· Separation
· Breaks
4 Replace belt if any damage is found.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 13


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-2 B-3
Check the Radiator Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling
- Gasoline/LPG Models Fins - Deutz Diesel Models
Maintaining the radiator in good condition is Maintaining the oil cooler in good condition is
essential for good engine performance. Operating essential for good engine performance. Operating
a machine with a damaged or leaking radiator may a machine with a damaged oil cooler may result in
result in engine damage. Also, restricting air flow engine damage. Also, restricting air flow through
through the radiator (i.e., dirt or debris) will affect the oil cooler will affect the performance of the
the performance of the cooling system. A frequent cooling system.
check allows the inspector to identify changes in
the condition of the radiator that might indicate Do not inspect while the engine
cooling system problems. is running. Remove the key to
secure from operation.
Do not inspect while the engine
Beware of hot engine
is running. Remove the key to
components. Contact with hot
secure from operation.
engine components may cause
Beware of hot engine parts and severe burns.
coolant. Contact with hot engine
Oil Cooler
parts and/or coolant may cause
severe burns. 1 Remove the fasteners from the engine side
1 Remove the 2 engine pivot plate retaining bolts cover, then remove the cover.
from under the engine pivot plate. Swing the 2 Inspect the oil cooler for leaks and physical
engine pivot plate away from the machine to damage.
access the radiator.
a b c
2 Inspect the radiator for leaks and physical
damage.
3 Clean the radiator fins of debris and foreign
materials.

a oil cooler
b cylinder head cooling fins
c fan blower fins

3 Clean the oil cooler of debris and foreign


material.

4 - 14 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

Cooling and Fan Blower Fins B-4


4 Inspect the fan blower fins for physical damage. Check the Exhaust System
5 Clean the fan blower fins of debris and foreign Maintaining the exhaust system is essential to
material. good engine performance and service life. Running
6 Inspect the head cooling passages and fins for the engine with a damaged or leaking exhaust
physical damage or foreign material, using a system can cause component damage and unsafe
flashlight. operating conditions.

7 Clean the cylinder head cooling passages of Do not inspect while the engine
debris and foreign material. is running. Remove the key to
secure from operation.
Beware of hot engine
components. Contact with hot
engine components may cause
severe burns.
1 Deutz Diesel models: Remove the 2 bolts from
under the engine pivot plate. Swing the engine
pivot plate away from the machine to access
the exhaust system.

a b b

a engine pivot plate


b pivot plate retaining bolts

2 All models: Be sure that all nuts and bolts are


tight.
3 Inspect all welds for cracks.
4 Inspect for exhaust leaks; i.e., carbon buildup
around seams and joints.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 15


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-5 B-6
Check the Battery Check the Hydraulic Tank Filter
Proper battery condition is essential to good Condition Indicator
engine performance and operational safety. Maintaining the hydraulic tank filter in good
Improper fluid levels or damaged cables and condition is essential to good system performance
connections can result in engine component and safe machine operation. The filter condition
damage and hazardous conditions. indicator will show when the hydraulic flow is
Electrocution hazard. Contact with bypassing a clogged filter. If the filter is not
hot or live circuits may result in frequently checked and replaced, impurities
death or serious injury. Remove all will remain in the hydraulic system and cause
rings, watches and other jewelry. component damage.

Batteries contain acid. Avoid 1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
spilling or contacting battery acid. 2 Move the engine speed control switch to high
Neutralize battery acid spills with idle (rabbit symbol).
baking soda and water.
3 Inspect the filter condition indicator.
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Be sure that the battery cable connections are
free of corrosion. a

3 Be sure that the battery hold downs and cable


connections are tight.
4 Remove the battery vent caps and check the
b
specific gravity with a hydrometer.
c
5 Check the battery acid level. If needed,
replenish with distilled water to the bottom of
the battery fill tube. Do not overfill.
6 Install the vent caps.
Adding terminal protectors and a
a filter condition indicator
corrosion preventative sealant will b filter
help eliminate corrosion on the c hydraulic tank
battery terminals and cables.
Result: The filter should be operating with the
plunger in the green area. If the display shows
the plunger in the red area, this indicates that
the hydraulic filter is being bypassed and the
filter should be replaced. See C-6, Replace the
Hydraulic Tank Filter.

4 - 16 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-7 B-8
Inspect the Electrical Wiring Inspect the Tires and Wheels
Maintaining electrical wiring in good condition is (including lug nut torque)
essential to safe operation and good machine Maintaining the tires and wheels in good
performance. Failure to find and replace burnt, condition is essential to safe operation and good
chafed, corroded or pinched wires could result in performance. Tire and/or wheel failure could result
unsafe operating conditions and may cause in a machine tip-over. Component damage may
component damage. also result if problems are not discovered and
Electrocution hazard. Contact with repaired in a timely fashion.
hot or live circuits may result in An over-inflated tire can
death or serious injury. Remove all explode and may cause death
rings, watches and other jewelry. or serious injury.
1 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, Tip-over hazard. Do not use
corroded and loose wires: temporary flat tire repair products.
· Engine compartment electrical panel 1 Check all tire treads and sidewalls for cuts,
(Gasoline/LPG models) cracks, punctures and unusual wear.
· Engine wiring harness
2 Check each wheel for damage, bends and
· Inside of the ground control box cracked welds.
· Turntable manifold wiring 3 Check each lug nut for proper torque.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls and
raise the boom above the turntable covers. 4 Check the pressure in each air-filled tire.

3 Inspect the turntable area for burnt, chafed and Tires and wheels
pinched cables.
Tire size 15-19.5 NHS
4 Lower the boom into the stowed position and
Tire ply rating 12
turn the engine off.
Tire pressure 85 psi
5 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, 5.86 bar
corroded, pinched and loose wires:
Wheel lugs 10 @ 3/4 -16
· Cable track on the boom
Lug nut torque, dry 420 ft-lbs
· Boom to platform cable harness 569.5 Nm
· Inside of the platform control box Lug nut torque, lubricated 320 ft-lbs
· Jib boom cable cover (S-65 models) 433.9 Nm

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 17


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-9 B-10
Confirm the Proper Check the Oil Level
Brake Configuration in the Torque Hubs
Proper brake configuration is essential to safe Failure to maintain proper torque hub oil levels
operation and good machine performance. may cause the machine to perform poorly and
Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulically-released, continued use may cause component damage.
spring-applied individual wheel brakes can appear
to operate normally when they are actually not fully Drive Torque Hubs
operational. 1 Drive the machine to rotate the hub until the
1 Check each torque hub disconnect cap to be plugs are located one on top and the other at
sure it is in the engaged position. 90 degrees.

brake disengage position

brake engage position

2 Be sure the free-wheel valve on the drive pump


is closed (clockwise).
The free-wheel valve is located on 2 Remove the plug located at 90 degrees and
the bottom of the drive pump. check the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be even with the
bottom of the plug hole.

d 3 If necessary, remove the top plug and add oil


until the oil level is even with the bottom of the
a c side plug hole.
b 4 Apply pipe thread sealant to the plug, and then
install it in the torque hub.
5 Repeat this procedure for each drive torque
hub.
a drive pump
b free-wheel valve
c lift pump Drive torque hub oil
d screwdriver
Capacity 44 fl oz
The free-wheel valve should
1.30 liters
always remain closed.
Type: SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil - API service
classification GL5

4 - 18 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

Turntable Rotate Torque Hub B-12


1 Remove the plug located on the side of the hub Check and Adjust the
and check the oil level. Engine RPM
Result: The oil level should be even with the
Maintaining the engine rpm at the proper setting for
bottom of the plug hole.
both low and high idle is essential to good engine
performance and service life. The machine will not
operate properly if the rpm is incorrect and
continued use may cause component damage.

Gasoline/LPG Models:
Perform this procedure in gasoline
mode with the engine at normal
a
operating temperature.
b
1 Disconnect the blue/black wire from the
governor actuator.
2 Connect an rpm gauge to the engine, then start
the engine from the ground controls.
a torque hub
b plug Result: Carburetor low idle should be 900 rpm.
Skip to step 4 if the low idle rpm is correct.
2 If necessary, add oil until the oil level is even
with the bottom of the side plug hole. 3 Turn the idle adjustment screw on the
carburetor clockwise to increase rpm or
3 Apply pipe thread sealant to the plug, and then
counterclockwise to decrease rpm.
install it in the torque hub.

Turntable rotate torque hub oil

Capacity 17 fluid ounces


0.51 liters a

Type SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil - API service b


classification GL5

a carburetor
b adjustment screw

B-11 4 Turn the engine off and reconnect the


Check and Adjust the Engine Idle blue/black wire to the governor actuator.

Mixture - Gasoline/LPG Models 5 Start the engine from the ground controls.

Complete information to perform this procedure is Result: Electronic governor low idle should
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial be 1600 rpm.
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194-
287). Genie part number 33907.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 19


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

6 Move the function enable toggle switch to the Deutz Diesel models:
high idle (rabbit symbol) at the ground controls.
1 Connect an rpm gauge to the engine, and then
Result: High idle should be 2500 rpm. start the engine from the ground controls.
7 Turn the engine off. Result: Low idle should be 1300 rpm.
If low and high idle rpm’s are correct, Skip to step 3 if the low idle rpm is correct.
disregard adjustment steps 8 and 9.
2 Loosen the low idle lock nut, then turn the low
8 Remove the mounting fasteners from the idle adjustment screw clockwise to increase the
electronic governor located on the engine rpm or counterclockwise to decrease the rpm.
side bulkhead, then remove the back panel Tighten the low idle lock nut and recheck the
from the governor. rpm.
9 Restart the engine, turn the low or high speed
trimpot screw clockwise to increase the rpm or
counterclockwise to decrease the rpm.
Do not adjust any trimpot other f
than specified in this procedure.
e

a b c d
b
a solenoid boot
b high idle adjustment nut
a low idle adjustment c yoke lock nut
b high idle adjustment d yoke
e low idle adjustment screw
10 Apply a drop of silicone to the top of the trimpot f low idle lock nut
screw. Apply a bead of silicone to the surface of
the back panel prior to re-assembly. 3 Move the function enable toggle switch to the
high idle (rabbit symbol) position at the ground
11 Re-assemble the governor and recheck low and controls.
high idle.
Result: High idle should be 2300 rpm.
Gasoline/LPG models If high idle rpm is correct, disregard
adjustment step 4.
Low idle - carburetor 900 rpm

Low idle - electronic governor 1600 rpm

High idle 2500 rpm

4 - 20 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

4 Loosen the yoke lock nut, then turn the high idle 6 Turn the key switch to the OFF position.
adjustment nut and solenoid boot
Result: The engine should stop and no
counterclockwise to increase the rpm or
functions should operate.
clockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the
yoke lock nut and recheck the rpm. Deutz Diesel models: All functions
should stop immediately. The
Be sure the solenoid fully retracts
engine will shut off after 2 to 3
when activating high idle.
seconds.
Deutz Diesel models

Low idle 1300 rpm B-14


High idle 2300 rpm Test the Emergency
Stop Buttons
Properly functioning Emergency Stop buttons
B-13 are essential for safe machine operation. An
Test the Key Switch improperly operating Emergency Stop button
will fail to shut off power and stop all machine
Proper key switch action and response is essential functions, resulting in a hazardous situation for
to safe machine operation. The machine can be ground and platform personnel.
operated from the ground or platform controls and
the activation of one or the other is accomplished As a safety feature, selecting
with the key switch. Failure of the key switch to and operating the ground controls
activate the appropriate control panel could cause will override the platform controls,
a hazardous operating situation. including the Emergency Stop
button.
1 Pull out the Emergency Stop button to the ON
position at both the ground and platform 1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
controls. 2 Push down the Emergency Stop button to the
2 Turn the key switch to ground control, start the OFF position.

engine and then turn the key switch to platform Result: The engine should shut off and no
control. machine functions should operate.
3 Check any machine function from the ground Deutz Diesel models: All
controls. functions should stop immediately.
The engine will shut off after 2 to 3
Result: The machine functions should not
seconds.
operate.
3 Start the engine from the platform controls.
4 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Push down the Emergency Stop button to the
5 Check any machine function from the platform OFF position.
controls.
Result: The engine should shut off and no
Result: The machine functions should not machine functions should operate.
operate.
The ground Emergency Stop
button will stop all machine
operation, even if the key switch
is switched to platform control.
Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 21
Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-15 B-16
Test the Ground Control Override Check the Directional Valve
A properly functioning ground control override is Linkage
essential to safe machine operation. The ground Perform this test only on models
control override function is intended to allow equipped with a oscillating axle.
ground personnel to operate the machine from the
ground controls whether or not the Emergency Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machine
Stop button on the platform controls is in the ON or operation. If the directional valve linkage is not
OFF position. This function is particularly useful if operating correctly, the stability of the machine is
the operator at the platform controls cannot return compromised and it may tip over.
the boom to the stowed position.
1 Remove the drive chassis cover from the
1 Push in the platform Emergency Stop button non-steer end.
to the OFF position.
2 Inspect the linkage for the following:
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
· Lock nut is tight against yoke
3 Operate each boom function through a · Yoke clevis pins are installed
partial cycle.
· Cotter pins are installed through clevis pins
Result: All boom functions should operate.
· Linkage is properly attached to
directional valve

a directional valve
b clevis pin with cotter pin (hidden)
c yoke
d lock nut

4 - 22 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-17 2 Push down the horn button at the platform


controls.
Test the Platform Self-leveling
Result: The horn should sound.
Automatic platform self-leveling throughout
the full cycle of boom raising and lowering is If necessary, the horn can be
essential for safe machine operation. The adjusted to obtain the loudest
platform is maintained at level by the platform volume by turning the adjustment
leveling slave cylinder which operates in a closed screw near the wire terminals on
loop hydraulic circuit with the master cylinder the horn.
located at the base of the boom. A platform self-
leveling failure creates an unsafe working condition
for platform and ground personnel.
B-19
1 Start the engine from the ground controls and Test the Foot Switch
lower the boom into the stowed position.
A properly functioning foot switch is essential to
2 Hold the function enable toggle switch to either
safe machine operation. Machine functions should
side and adjust the platform to a level position
activate and operate smoothly as long as the foot
using the platform level toggle switch.
switch is pressed down, and promptly stop when
3 Raise and lower the boom through the foot switch is released. The foot switch will also
a full cycle. shift the engine into high idle if the idle select is
switched to the rabbit and foot switch symbol. An
Result: The platform should remain level at
improperly functioning foot switch can cause an
all times to within ±5 degrees.
unsafe working condition and endanger platform
and ground personnel.

The engine should not start if the


B-18 foot switch is pressed down.
Test the Horn 1 Turn the keyswitch to platform controls and pull
A functional horn is essential to safe machine out the Emergency Stop button to the ON
operation. The horn is activated at the platform position at both the ground and platform
controls and sounds at the ground as a warning to controls.
ground personnel. An improperly functioning horn 2 Press down the footswitch and attempt to start
will prevent the operator from alerting ground the engine by moving the start toggle switch to
personnel of hazards or unsafe conditions. either side.
1 Turn the key switch to platform control and Result: The engine should not start.
pull out the Emergency Stop button to the 3 Do not press down the footswitch and start the
ON position at both the ground and
engine.
platform controls.
4 Do not press down the footswitch. Check the
machine functions.
Result: The machine functions should not
operate.
5 Press down the foot switch and operate the
machine functions.
Result: The machine functions should operate.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 23


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-20 7 Move the engine idle control switch to foot


switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch
Test the Engine Idle Select symbol).
A properly operating engine idle select switch Result: The engine should not change to
is essential to good engine performance and safe high idle.
machine operation. There are three settings.
8 Press down the foot switch.
Low idle (turtle symbol) allows the operator to
control individual boom functions only. Drive Result: The engine should change to high idle.
functions do not operate at low idle.
High idle (rabbit symbol) allows the operator
to control multiple boom and/or drive functions B-21
simultaneously. This setting maintains a Test the Fuel Select Operation
consistent high idle and is usually selected only
when the generator option is being used. - Gasoline/LPG Models
Foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot The ability to select and switch between
switch symbols) should be used for normal gasoline and LPG fuels as needed is essential to
machine operation. This selection activates high safe machine operation. A fuel selection can be
idle only when the foot switch is pressed down. made when the engine is running or not.
Switching malfunctions and/or the failure of the
1 Pull out the Emergency Stop button to the engine to start and run properly in both fuel
ON position at both the ground and platform modes and through all idle speeds can indicate
controls. fuel system problems that could develop into a
hazardous situation.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls. Then
move the function enable toggle switch to the Perform this test after checking
high idle (rabbit symbol) position and hold in the the gasoline and LPG fuel levels,
ON position. and warming the engine to normal
Result: The engine should change to high idle. operating temperature.

3 Release the function enable toggle switch. 1 Move the fuel select switch to gasoline and then
move the engine idle control switch to foot
Result: The engine should return to low idle. switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch
symbol).
4 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls and
5 At the platform controls, move the engine idle
allow it to run at low idle.
control switch to high idle (rabbit symbol).
3 Press down the foot switch to allow the engine
Result: The engine should change to high idle.
to run at high idle.
6 Move the engine idle control switch to low idle
Result: The engine should start promptly and
(turtle symbol).
operate smoothly in low and high idle.
Result: The engine should change to low idle.
4 Release the foot switch and shut the engine off
by pushing the Emergency Stop button in to the
OFF position.

5 Move the fuel select switch to LPG.

4 - 24 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

6 Restart the engine and allow it to run at 4 Hold the drive enable toggle switch to either
low idle. side and slowly move the drive control handle
off center.
7 Press down the foot switch to allow the engine
to run at high idle.
Result: The engine should start promptly and
operate smoothly in low and high idle.
The engine may hesitate
momentarily and then continue
to run on the selected fuel if the Always use the color-coded
fuel source is switched while direction arrows on the
the engine is running. platform control panel and the
drive chassis to identify which
direction the machine will travel.

B-22 Result: The drive function should operate.

Test the Drive Enable System 5 Rotate the turntable to the left until the boom is
past the left non-steering wheel.
Proper drive enable system operation is
essential to safe machine operation. When the Result: The drive enable indicator light should
boom is past the non-steering wheels, drive come on.
movement is stopped and the indicator light turns 6 Repeat steps 3 and 4.
on. The drive enable switch must be to either side
to reactivate the drive function and should inform
the operator that the machine will move in the
opposite direction that the drive and steer controls B-23
are moved. An improperly functioning drive enable
system may allow the machine to be moved into Test the Drive Brakes
an unsafe position. Proper brake action is essential to safe machine
1 Start the engine from the platform controls. operation. The drive brake function should operate
smoothly, free of hesitation, jerking and unusual
2 Rotate the turntable to the right until the boom is noise. Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulically-
past the right non-steering wheel. released individual wheel brakes can appear to
operate normally when they are actually not fully
Result: The drive enable indicator light should
operational.
turn on.
3 Slowly move the drive control handle off center. Be sure that the machine is not in
free-wheel or partial free-wheel
Result: The drive function should not operate. configuration. Refer to B-9 in this
section, Confirm the Proper Brake
Configuration.
Select a test area that is firm, level
and free of obstructions.
1 Mark a test line on the ground for reference.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 25


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

3 Move the engine idle control switch to B-24


foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and
foot switch), then lower the boom into the Test the Drive Speed
stowed position. - Stowed Position
4 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact Proper drive function movement is essential to
patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use safe machine operation. The drive function should
when crossing the test line. respond quickly and smoothly to operator control.
5 Bring the machine to top drive speed before Drive performance should also be free of
reaching the test line. Release the drive joystick hesitation, jerking and unusual noise over the
when your reference point on the machine entire proportionally controlled speed range.
crosses the test line. Select a test area that is firm, level
6 Measure the distance between the test line and and free of obstructions.
your machine reference point. 1 Create start and finish lines by marking two
lines on the ground 40 feet (12.2 m) apart.
Braking:
paved surface 2WD 4WD 2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Move the engine idle control switch to
Stopping distance 3 to 5 ft 3 to 5 ft
foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot
0.9 to 1.5 m 0.9 to 1.5 m
switch), then lower the boom into the stowed
position.

The brakes must be able to hold 4 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact
the machine on any slope it is able patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use
to climb. when crossing the start and finish lines.
5 Bring the machine to top drive speed before
reaching the start line. Begin timing when your
reference point on the machine crosses the
start line.
6 Continue at full speed and note the time when
the machine reference point crosses the finish
line.

Drive speed:
stowed position 2WD 4WD

Gasoline/LPG models 40 ft/6.2 sec 40 ft/9.1 sec


12.2 m/6.2 sec 12.2 m/9.1 sec

Deutz Diesel models 40 ft/6.8 sec 40 ft/9.1 sec


12.2 m/6.8 sec 12.2 m/9.1 sec

4 - 26 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE B PROCEDURES

B-25 5 Press down the foot switch. Move the drive


control handle off center, hold for a moment
Test the Alarm Package and then release it. Move the drive control
- Optional Equipment handle off center in the opposite direction, hold
for a moment and then release it.
The alarm package includes:
Result: The travel alarm should sound when the
· Travel alarm drive control handle is moved off center in
· Descent alarm either direction.
· Flashing beacon
Alarms and a beacon are installed to alert
operators and ground personnel of machine
B-26
proximity and motion. The alarm package is Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis
installed on the turntable covers.
See D-1, Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil.
The alarms and beacon will
operate with the engine
running or not running.
B-27
1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull
out the Emergency Stop button to the ON
Replace the Engine Oil and
position at both the ground and platform Filter - Deutz Diesel Models
controls.
Engine specifications require
Result: The flashing beacon should be on and that this procedure be performed
flashing. every 500 hours. Perform this
procedure more often if dusty
2 Move the function enable toggle switch to either
conditions exist.
side and activate the boom toggle switch in the
DOWN position, hold for a moment and then Periodic replacement of the engine oil and
release it. filter is essential to good engine performance.
Operating the machine with an improper oil level or
Result: The descent alarm should sound when neglecting periodic oil and filter changes can
the switch is held down. damage engine components. A frequent check
3 Turn the key switch to platform control. of elapsed machine hours against the hours
noted on the oil filter will allow the inspector to
Result: The flashing beacon should be on anticipate and perform oil and filter changes at
and flashing. the 500 hour interval.
4 Press down the foot switch. Move the boom
Perform this procedure after
control handle to the DOWN position, hold for a
warming the engine to normal
moment and then release it.
operating temperature.
Result: The descent alarm should sound when
Beware of hot engine parts and oil.
the control handle is held down.
Contact with hot engine oil and/or
engine parts may cause severe
burns.
1 Remove the oil filler cap located above the
dipstick.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 27


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE B PROCEDURES

2 Pull the end of the drain hose out from under 10 Check the oil filter and oil drain hose for leaks.
the engine.
11 Check the engine oil level dipstick. Add oil if
3 Remove the plug from the end of the drain hose needed.
and allow all of the oil from the engine to drain
into a suitable container. See capacity Deutz Engine F4L 1011F 11 quarts
specifications below. Oil capacity (including filter) 10.5 liters
4 Install the plug into the drain hose. Deutz Engine F4L 1011F Oil viscosity requirements
5 Use an oil wrench and remove the oil filter.
Temperature below 60°F / 15.5°C (synthetic) 5W-30

-10°F to 90°F / -23°C to 32°C 10W-40


a
Temperature above -4°F / -34°C 15W-40

Engine oil should have properties of API classification


CC/SE, CD/SE, CC/SF or CD/SF grades.

c b

2 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.

a engine oil level dipstick


b fuel filter
c oil filter

6 Apply a thin layer of oil to the new filter gasket


(Genie part no. 49924). Then install the filter
and tighten it securely by hand.
7 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date
and number of hours from the hour meter on
the oil filter.
8 Fill the engine with new oil per specifications
and install the oil filler cap.
9 Start the engine from the ground controls. Allow
the engine to run for 30 seconds then turn the
engine off.

4 - 28 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

Table C Procedures
C-1 C-2
Check the Boom Check the Turntable Rotation
Wear Pads Bearing Bolts
Maintaining the boom wear pads in good condition Maintaining proper torque on the turntable bearing
is essential to safe machine operation. Wear pads bolts is essential to safe machine operation.
are placed on boom tube surfaces to provide a low Improper bolt torque could result in an unsafe
friction, replaceable wear pad between moving operating condition and component damage.
parts. Improperly shimmed wear pads or continued
use of worn out wear pads may result in 1 Raise the boom and place a safety chock on
component damage and unsafe operating the lift cylinder rod. Carefully lower the boom
conditions. onto the lift cylinder safety chock.
Crushing hazard. Keep hands
If the wear pads are not worn
away from cylinder and all moving
below specification but are still
parts when lowering the boom.
within specification, see Repair
Procedure 4-2, How to Shim the The lift cylinder safety chock is
Boom. available through Genie
(part no. 33484).
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Be sure that each turntable mounting bolt is
2 Raise the end of the boom to a comfortable
torqued in sequence to 210 foot-pounds
working height (chest high), then extend the
(285 Newton meters).
boom 1 foot (30 cm).
3 Measure each wear pad. Replace the wear pad 28 1
24 5
20 9
if it is less than specification. If the wear pad is 16 13
not less than specification, shim as necessary 12 17
to obtain zero clearance and zero drag. 8 21
4 25
4 Extend and retract the boom through the entire 30 29
range of motion to check for tight spots that 26 3
may cause binding or scraping of the boom. 22 7
18 11
Always maintain squareness 14 15
between the boom outer and inner 10 19
tubes.
6 2 27 23

Bolt torque sequence


Wear pad specifications

Upper wear pads 9/16 inch 14.3 mm


Bottom and side wear pads 11/16 inch 17.5 mm

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 29


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE C PROCEDURES

3 Lower the boom to the stowed position. 4 Disengage the torque hubs by turning over the
torque hub disconnect caps on each
4 Check to ensure that each bearing mounting
non-steering wheel hub.
bolt under the drive chassis is torqued in
sequence to 210 foot-pounds disengage position
(285 Newton meters).
1 15
10
13 7

6 12 engage position

18 4 5 Manually rotate each non-steering wheel.

3 17 Result: Each non-steering wheel should rotate


with minimum effort.
11 5

8 14
6 Re-engage the torque hubs by turning over
16 9 the hub disconnect caps. Rotate each wheel to
2
check for engagement. Lift the machine and
Bolt torque sequence remove the jack stands.
Collision hazard. Failure to
re-engage the torque hubs may
cause death or serious injury and
C-3 property damage.
Check the Free-wheel
Steer wheels: 4WD models
Configuration
7 Chock the non-steering wheels to prevent the
Proper use of the free-wheel configuration is machine from rolling.
essential to safe machine operation. The
free-wheel configuration is used primarily for 8 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity
towing. A machine configured to free-wheel without (20,000 lbs/9072 kg) under the drive chassis
operator knowledge may cause death or serious between the non-steer tires.
injury and property damage. 9 Lift the wheels off the ground and then place
Collision hazard. Select a work jack stands under the drive chassis for support.
site that is firm and level. 10 Disengage the torque hubs by turning over the
Non-steering wheels: All models torque hub disconnect caps on each
steer wheel hub.
1 Chock the steer wheels to prevent the machine
from rolling.
disengage position
2 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity
(20,000 lbs/9072 kg) under the drive chassis
between the non-steer tires.
3 Lift the wheels off the ground and then place engage position
jack stands under the drive chassis for support.
11 Manually rotate each steer wheel.
Result: Each steer wheel should rotate with
minimum effort.

4 - 30 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE C PROCEDURES

12 Re-engage the torque hubs by turning over C-4


the hub disconnect caps. Rotate each wheel to
check for engagement. Lift the machine and Grease the Turntable Rotation
remove the jack stands. Bearing and Rotate Gear
Collision hazard. Failure to Yearly application of lubrication to the turntable
re-engage the torque hubs may bearing and rotate gear is essential to good
cause death or serious injury and machine performance and service life. Continued
property damage. use of an improperly greased bearing and gear will
All models: result in component damage.

13 Be sure the free-wheel valve on the drive pump 1 Locate the grease fitting on the platform end of
is closed (clockwise). the tank side bulkhead.

The free-wheel valve is located on 2 Pump grease into the turntable rotation bearing.
the bottom of the drive pump. Rotate the turntable in increments
of 4 to 5 inches (10 to 13 cm) at a time and
repeat this step until the entire bearing has
been greased.
3 Apply grease to each tooth of the drive gear,
d located under the turntable.
a c
Grease type Multipurpose grease
b

a drive pump
b free-wheel valve C-5
c lift pump
d screwdriver Replace the Torque Hub Oil
The free-wheel valve should Replacing the torque hub oil is essential for good
always remain closed. machine performance and service life. Failure to
replace the torque hub oil at yearly intervals may
cause the machine to perform poorly and
continued use may cause component damage.

Drive Torque Hubs:


1 Select the torque hub to be serviced. Then drive
the machine until one of the two plugs is at the
lowest point.
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 31


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE C PROCEDURES

3 Drive the machine until one plug is at the top Turntable Rotate Torque Hub:
and the other is at 90 degrees.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with the
turntable rotation lock pin.

4 Fill the hub with oil from the top hole until the oil
level is even with the bottom of the side hole. unlocked locked
Apply pipe thread sealant to the plugs, and then 2 Remove the motor/brake mounting bolts, and
install the plugs. then remove the motor and brake from the
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for all the other drive torque hub and set them to the side.
torque hubs. Component damage hazard.
Hoses can be damaged if they are
Oil capacity per hub 44 fl oz kinked or pinched.
1.30 liters
a b
Type: SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil - API
service classification GL5

f
c

d
e

a motor/brake mounting bolt


b motor
c torque hub
d torque hub mounting bolt
e plug
f brake

3 Remove the torque hub mounting bolts, and


then use a lifting device to remove the torque
hub from the machine.

4 - 32 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE C PROCEDURES

4 Remove the plug from the side of the torque 4 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date
hub. Then drain the oil from the hub. and number of hours from the hour meter on
the oil filter.
5 Install the torque hub. Torque the hub mounting
bolts to 180 foot-pounds (244 Newton meters). 5 Start the engine from the ground controls.
6 Install the brake and motor onto the torque hub. 6 Inspect the filter and related components to
7 Fill the hub with oil from the side hole until the be sure that there are no leaks.
oil level is even with the bottom of the hole.
Apply pipe thread sealant to the plugs, and then
install the plugs.
C-7
8 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash. See
Repair Procedure 12-1, How to Adjust the
Replace the Drive Loop
Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash. Hydraulic Filter
Replacing the drive loop hydraulic filter is essential
Turntable rotate torque hub
to good machine performance and service life. A
dirty or clogged filter may cause the machine to
Oil capacity 17 fluid ounces
0.51 liters perform poorly and continued use may cause
component damage. Extremely dirty conditions
Type: SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil - API may require that the filter be replaced more often.
service classification GL5
Beware of hot oil. Contact with
hot oil may cause severe burns.
Perform this procedure with the
engine off.
C-6
1 Open the engine side turntable cover and locate
Replace the Hydraulic Tank Filter the drive loop hydraulic filter mounted on the
Replacement of the hydraulic tank filter is engine near the main pump.
essential for good machine performance and 2 Remove the filter housing by using a wrench on
service life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause the the nut provided on the bottom of the housing.
machine to perform poorly and continued use may
cause component damage. Extremely dirty 3 Remove the filter element from the housing.
conditions may require that the filter be replaced
4 Inspect the housing seal and replace it if
more often.
necessary.
Beware of hot oil. Contact with 5 Install the new filter (Genie part no. 20880) and
hot oil may cause severe burns. hand tighten the housing onto the filter head.
Perform this procedure with the Clean up any oil that may have spilled during
engine off. the installation procedure.

1 Remove the filter with an oil filter wrench. 6 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Apply a thin layer of oil to the new oil filter 7 Inspect the filter assembly to be sure that there
gasket. are no leaks.
3 Install the new filter (Genie part no. 46014) and 8 Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
tighten it securely by hand. Clean up any oil
that may have spilled during the installation
procedure.
Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 33
Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE C PROCEDURES

C-8 3 Fill the new filter (Genie part no. 29560) with
fresh diesel fuel and apply a thin layer of oil or
Replace the Diesel Fuel diesel fuel to the new fuel filter gasket.
Filter/Water Separator - Deutz 4 Install the new filter and tighten it securely by
Diesel Models hand. Clean up any diesel fuel that might have
spilled during the procedure.
Replacing the diesel fuel filter is essential to good
engine performance and service life. A dirty or 5 Turn the manual fuel shutoff valve, located at
clogged filter may cause the engine to perform the fuel tank, to the OPEN position.
poorly and continued use may cause component
6 Start the engine from the ground controls, then
damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require
inspect the fuel filter for leaks.
that the filter be replaced more often.
If a fuel leak is discovered, keep
Engine fuels are combustible. any additional personnel from
Replace the fuel filter in an open, entering the area and do not
well-ventilated area away from operate the machine. Repair
heaters, sparks, flames and the leak immediately.
lighted tobacco. Always have an
approved fire extinguisher within
easy reach.
Perform this procedure with the C-9
engine off. Replace the Gasoline Fuel
1 Turn the manual fuel shutoff valve, located at Filter - Gasoline/LPG Models
the fuel tank, to the CLOSED position.
Replacing the gasoline fuel filter is essential to
2 Remove the fuel filter with a filter wrench. good engine performance and service life. A dirty
or clogged filter may cause the engine to perform
poorly and continued use may cause component
damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require
that the filter be replaced more often.
Engine fuels are combustible.
Replace the fuel filter in an open,
well-ventilated area away from
a heaters, sparks, flames and
b lighted tobacco. Always have an
approved fire extinguisher within
easy reach.
Perform this procedure with the
engine off.
a oil filter
b fuel filter/water separator

4 - 34 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE C PROCEDURES

1 Remove the 2 bolts from under the engine pivot 3 Install the new fuel filter (Genie part no. 33971)
plate. Swing the engine pivot plate away from into the fitting on the carburetor.
the machine to access the fuel filter, located
4 Connect the fuel hose to the filter.
near the carburetor.
5 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled during
the installation procedure.
6 Start the machine from the ground controls,
then inspect the fuel filter and hose for leaks.
If a fuel leak is discovered, keep
any additional personnel from
entering the area and do not
operate the machine. Repair
the leak immediately.
7 Swing the engine pivot plate back to its original
position and replace the two retaining bolts.

a b a

a pivot plate retaining bolts


b engine pivot plate

2 Disconnect the fuel hose from the filter, then


remove the filter from the fitting.

a b

a fuel filter
b hose from the fuel pump to
the fuel filter

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 35


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE C PROCEDURES

C-10 2 Remove the hose from the PCV valve, then


remove the valve.
Replace the PCV Valve
- Gasoline/LPG Models
Yearly replacement of the PCV valve is essential to
good engine performance. A malfunctioning PCV
valve can impair crankcase ventilation and may
cause engine damage.

Perform this procedure with the


engine off.
1 Remove the 2 engine pivot plate retaining bolts
from under the engine pivot plate. Swing the
engine pivot plate away from the machine to
access the PCV valve.

a PCV valve

3 Install the new PCV valve. Connect the hoses.


4 Swing the engine pivot plate back to its original
position and replace the two retaining bolts.

a b a

a pivot plate retaining bolts


b engine pivot plate

4 - 36 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE C PROCEDURES

C-11 C-12
Replace the Spark Plugs Check and Adjust the Air/LPG
- Gasoline/LPG Models Mixture - Gasoline/LPG Models
Periodic replacement of the spark plugs is Maintaining the proper air-to-fuel mixture during
essential to good engine performance and LPG operation is essential to good engine
service life. Worn, loose or corroded spark plugs performance.
will cause the engine to perform poorly and may
result in component damage. Engine fuels are combustible.
Perform this procedure in an open,
Perform this procedure with the well-ventilated area away from
engine off. heaters, sparks, flames and
lighted tobacco. Always have an
1 Label, then disconnect the plug wires from the
approved fire extinguisher within
spark plugs by grasping the molded boot. Do
easy reach.
not pull on the plug wire.
The engine rpm needs to be
2 Blow out any debris around spark plugs.
preset for gasoline fuel operation
3 Remove all the spark plugs from the engine. before adjusting the LPG idle
mixture. Refer to B-12, Check and
4 Adjust the gap on each new spark plug. Adjust the Engine RPM.
5 Install the new spark plugs, then connect the The engine should be warmed to
wires. Be sure that each spark plug wire is normal operating temperature
attached to the correct spark plug. before performing this procedure.

Spark plug specifications 1 Move the fuel select switch to LPG fuel and
start the engine from the ground controls.
Spark plug type Motorcraft AWSF-52C
2 Loosen the high idle mixture adjustment
lock nut.
Spark plug gap 0.042 to 0.046 inches
1.07 to 1.18 mm a

Spark plug torque 5 to 10 foot-pounds


7 to 14 Nm

a high idle mixture


adjustment screw

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 37


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE C PROCEDURES

3 Load the system by activating the boom retract C-13


function, then move the function enable toggle
switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol) position. Check and Adjust the Ignition
4 Adjust the high idle adjustment screw to obtain
Timing - Gasoline/LPG Models
an air-to-fuel mixture ratio of 13.0:1 to 13.2:1, Complete information to perform this procedure is
using an exhaust gas analyzer. available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial
Preliminary setting is 1/4 inch of Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194-
threads showing. Measure from 287). Genie part number 33907.
top of lock nut to top of adjustment
screw.
If an exhaust gas analyzer is not C-14
available, adjust to obtain peak or
optimum rpm.
Check the Engine Valve
Clearances - Deutz Diesel Models
5 Hold the adjustment screw and tighten the
lock nut. Complete information to perform this procedure
is available in the Deutz FL 1011F Workshop
6 Move the engine idle control switch to low idle
Manual (Deutz Number 0297 7195).
(turtle symbol) and adjust the low idle screw to
Genie part number 52229.
obtain an air-to-fuel mixture ratio
of 13.0:1 to 13.2:1.

C-15
Check the Turntable Rotation
Gear Backlash
The turntable rotation torque hub is mounted on an
adjustable plate that controls the gap between the
rotation motor gear and the turntable bearing.
Maintaining proper backlash of the turntable
bearing is essential to safe machine operation.
Improper backlash could result in an unsafe
operating condition and component damage.

See 12-1, How to Adjust the


Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash.

a low idle mixture adjustment screw

Preliminary setting: turn low idle


adjustment screw clockwise all the
way in. Turn low idle adjustment
screw counterclockwise 2 3/4
turns.

4 - 38 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

Table D Procedures
D-1 D-2
Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil Change or Recondition the
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil is Engine Coolant
essential for good machine performance and - Gasoline/LPG Models
service life. Dirty oil and suction strainers may
cause the machine to perform poorly and Replacing or reconditioning the engine coolant is
continued use may cause component damage. essential to good engine performance and service
Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changes life. Old or dirty coolant may cause the engine to
to be performed more often. perform poorly and continued use may cause
engine damage. Extremely dirty conditions may
The machine uses Dexron require coolant to be changed more frequently.
equivalent hydraulic oil. Before
replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil Beware of hot engine parts and
may be tested by an oil distributor coolant. Contact with hot engine
for specific levels of contamination parts and/or coolant will cause
to verify that changing the oil is severe burns.
necessary. If the hydraulic oil is Perform this procedure with the
not replaced at the two year engine off and cooled.
inspection, test the oil quarterly.
Replace the oil when it fails the 1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
test.
2 Disconnect the coolant return hose at the
Perform this procedure with the radiator and drain the coolant return tank into a
boom in the stowed position. suitable container.
1 Remove the hydraulic tank. See Repair 3 Slowly remove the radiator cap from the
Procedure 11-2, How to Remove the Hydraulic radiator.
Tank.
Bodily injury hazard. Allow any
The pump needs to primed before pressure to dissipate gradually
starting the engine. See Repair before removing the radiator cap.
Procedure 11-2, How to Remove
the Hydraulic Tank.
Component damage hazard. Be
sure that the hydraulic tank shutoff
valves are in the OPEN position
before priming the pump. The
engine must not be started with
the hydraulic tank shutoff valves in
the CLOSED position or component
damage will occur. If the tank
valves are closed, remove the key
from the key switch and tag the
machine to inform personnel of the
condition.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 39


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE D PROCEDURES

4 Remove the 2 engine pivot plate retaining bolts 10 Disconnect the hose coupler at the fan end from
from under the engine pivot plate. Swing the the tube that is connected to the water pump
engine pivot plate away from the machine to and hold it until coolant starts to come out of the
access the radiator drain valve. open hose. Then immediately reconnect the
hose.

b a

a b a
a tube connected to water pump
b hose coupler
a pivot plate retaining bolts
b engine pivot plate
11 Fill the radiator and then fill the coolant recovery
5 Open the drain valve on the radiator and allow tank to the NORMAL range.
all the coolant to drain into a suitable container. 12 Clean up any coolant spilled during this
6 After all the coolant has drained, close the drain procedure.
valve. Connect the coolant return hose to 13 Start the engine from the ground controls,
the radiator. run it for 30 seconds, and then turn it off.
7 Open the drain valve on the engine block and 14 Inspect for leaks and then check the fluid
allow the coolant to drain into a container. level in the coolant recovery tank. Add
After the fluid is drained, close the drain valve. water if needed.
8 Replace all coolant hoses and clamps. 15 Start the engine from the ground controls
9 Pour the proper coolant mixture (anti-freeze and and run it until reaching normal operating
water) for your climate into the radiator until it is temperature.
full. 16 Allow engine to cool and check the fluid level in
the coolant recovery tank. Add water if needed.

Ford Engine 11.5 quarts


Coolant capacity 10.9 liters

4 - 40 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE D PROCEDURES

D-3 a b b b b b b b

Change the Fuel Lines


Maintaining the fuel lines in good condition is
essential to safe operation and good engine
performance. Failure to detect a worn, cracked or
leaking fuel line may cause an unsafe operating
condition.

Engine fuels are combustible.


Replace the fuel lines in an open,
well-ventilated area away from
heaters, sparks, flames and
lighted tobacco. Always have an
approved fire extinguisher within
easy reach.
Perform this procedure with the
engine off.
1 Close the manual fuel shutoff valve, located
next to the fuel tank.
2 Remove and replace the fuel line hoses and
clamps according to the following illustrations:
Fuel may be expelled under f e d c
pressure. Wrap a cloth around fuel
hoses to absorb leaking fuel Deutz Diesel models
a hose from the injector to
before disconnecting them.
the fuel tank
b hoses connecting injectors
c hose from the fuel shutoff valve
to the fuel pump
d hose from the fuel pump to
the fuel filter
e hose from the fuel filter to the
injection pump
f hose from the injection pump
to the injectors

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 41


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE D PROCEDURES

a b c D-4
Check the Engine Valve
Clearance - Gasoline/LPG Models
Complete information to perform this procedure is
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194-
287). Genie part number 33907.

D-5
Check the Engine Cylinder
Compression
- Gasoline/LPG Models
Complete information to perform this procedure is
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial
d
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194-
Gasoline/LPG 287). Genie part number 33907.
a carburetor
b fuel filter
c hose from the fuel filter to
the fuel pump
d hose from the fuel pump D-6
to the fuel tank (not shown)
Clean the PCV Hoses and
3 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled during
this procedure.
Fittings - Gasoline/LPG Models
Maintaining PCV hoses is essential to good engine
4 Start the engine from the ground controls, then
performance. Improperly functioning PCV hoses
inspect the fuel filter and hoses for leaks.
will fail to ventilate the crankcase and continued
If a fuel leak is discovered, keep use of neglected hoses could result in component
any additional personnel from damage.
entering the area and do not
operate the machine. Repair Perform this procedure with the
the leak immediately. engine off.

4 - 42 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures

TABLE D PROCEDURES

1 Remove the 2 engine pivot plate retaining bolts 5 Dry both hoses and inspect them for cracks and
from under the engine pivot plate. Swing the damage. Replace the hoses if they are
engine pivot plate away from the machine to damaged.
access the PCV hoses.

D-7
Check the Fuel Injection Pump
and Injectors - Deutz Diesel
Models
Complete information to perform this procedure is
available in the Deutz FL 1011F Workshop Manual
(Deutz number: 0297 7195).
Genie part number 52229.

a b a
D-8
a pivot plate retaining bolts
Check the Toothed Belt
b engine pivot plate - Deutz Diesel Models
2 Disconnect the hose from the PCV valve, then Complete information to perform this procedure is
disconnect the hose from the engine. available in the Deutz FL 1011 Operation Manual
(Deutz number: 0297 4706 EN).
a
Genie part number 29790.

D-9
Replace the Timing Belt
c
- Gasoline/LPG Models
Complete information to perform this procedure is
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194-
b
287). Genie part number 33907.

a carburetor to valve cover hose


b PCV valve
c PCV valve to carburetor hose

3 Disconnect the hose from the carburetor, then


disconnect the hose from the valve cover.
4 Clean the hoses with a mild cleaning solvent.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 4 - 43


Section 4 - Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TABLE D PROCEDURES

D-10 9 Check for wheel bearing wear by attempting to


move the wheel hub side to side, then up and
Grease the Steer Axle down.
Wheel Bearings - 2WD Models Result: If there is side to side or up and down
Maintaining the steer axle wheel bearings is movement, proceed to step 10 to replace the
essential for safe machine operation and service wheel bearings with new ones.
life. Operating the machine with loose or worn When replacing a wheel bearing,
wheel bearings may cause an unsafe operating both the inner and outer bearings,
condition and continued use may result in including the pressed-in races,
component damage. Extremely wet or dirty must be replaced.
conditions or regular steam cleaning and pressure
washing of the machine may require that this Result: If there is no side to side or up and
procedure be performed more often. down movement, grease the wheel bearings.
10 Remove the castle nut.
1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove
them. 11 Pull the hub off of the spindle. The washer and
outer bearing should fall loose from the hub.
2 Block the non-steering wheels, then center a
lifting jack under the steer axle. 12 Place the hub on a flat surface and gently pry
the bearing seal out of the hub. Remove the
3 Raise the machine 6 inches (15 cm) and place rear bearing.
blocks under the drive chassis for support.
13 Pack both bearings with clean, fresh grease.
4 Remove the lug nuts, then remove the tire and
wheel assembly. 14 Place the large inner bearing into the rear of the
hub.
5 Check for wheel bearing wear by attempting to
move the wheel hub side to side, then up and 15 Install a new bearing grease seal into the hub
down. by pressing it evenly into the hub until it is flush.

Result: There should not be any side to side or Always replace the bearing grease
up and down movement. seal when removing the hub.

Skip to step 10 if there is no movement. 16 Slide the hub onto the yoke spindle.
Component damage. Do not
6 Remove the dust cap from the hub, then
apply excessive force or damage
remove the cotter pin from the castle nut.
to the lip of the seal may occur.
7 Tighten the castle nut to 35 foot-pounds
17 Place the outer bearing into the hub.
(47 Nm) to seat the bearings.
18 Install the washer and slotted nut.
8 Loosen the castle nut, then re-tighten to
8 foot-pounds (11 Nm). 19 Tighten the slotted nut to 35 foot-pounds
(47 Nm) to seat the bearings.
20 Loosen the slotted nut, then re-tighten to
8 foot-pounds (11 Nm).
21 Install a new cotter pin. Bend the cotter pin
to lock it in.
22 Install the dust cap, then the tire and wheel
assembly. Torque the wheel lug nuts to
420 foot-pounds (569.5 Nm).
4 - 44 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412
Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Troubleshooting Flow Charts


Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rules
and operating instructions printed in the
Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Operator’s Manual.
Be sure that all necessary tools and test
equipment are available and ready for use.
Observe and Obey:
Read each appropiate flow chart thoroughly.
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be Attempting shortcuts may produce hazardous
completed by a person trained and qualified on conditions.
the repair of this machine.
Be aware of the following hazards and follow
Immediately tag and remove from service a generally accepted safe workshop practices.
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Crushing hazard. When testing
Repair any machine damage or malfunction or replacing any hydraulic
before operating the machine. component, always support
the structure and secure it
Unless otherwise specified, perform each from movement.
repair procedure with the machine in the
following configuration: Electrocution hazard. Contact
with electrically charged circuits
· Machine parked on a flat level surface
may result in death or serious
· Boom in stowed position injury. Remove all rings, watches
· Turntable rotated with the boom between and other jewelry.
the non-steering wheels
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
· Turntable secured with the turntable hydraulic oil can penetrate and
rotation lock pin burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
· Key switch in the OFF position with the connections very slowly to allow
key removed the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
· Wheels chocked
squirt or spray.
Perform all troubleshooting on a
firm level surface.
Two persons will be required to
safely perform some
troubleshooting procedures.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5-1


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

About This Section General Repair Process

When a malfunction is discovered, the flow charts


in this section will help a service professional Malfunction Identify Troubleshoot
pinpoint the cause of the problem. To use this discovered symptoms
section, basic hand tools and certain pieces of test
equipment are required—voltmeter, ohmmeter,
pressure gauges. problem
still exists
The location of terminals mentioned in this section
can be found on the appropriate electrical or Return to Inspect Perform
hydraulic schematics provided in Section 6, service problem and test repair
Schematics. solved

Since various degrees of a particular function


loss may occur, selecting the appropriate flow
chart may be troublesome. When a function will not
operate with the same speed or power as a
machine in good working condition, refer to the
flow chart which most closely describes the
problem.

5-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 1
Engine Will Not less than Check battery condition
Check battery voltage. 12V OR check alternator
Crank Over OR check battery cables
OR replace the battery.
Be sure the key switch
12V or more
is in the appropriate
position.
With the keyswitch Trace circuit back
Be sure that both turned to ground 0V through the key switch,
Emergency Stop controls and both emergency stop button
Emergency Stop buttons and CB2, repair open.
buttons are pulled out to are pulled out to the ON
the ON position. position, check the
voltage at the center
Be sure the circuit terminal on the start
toggle switch TS11.
breakers are not
tripped. 12V
Be sure the battery is
Hold the start toggle Repair open in jumper
fully charged. switch to either side and wire from one side of the
0V
check the voltage at switch to the other OR
either side terminal on replace start toggle
start switch. switch TS11.

12V

Hold the start switch to 0V Repair blk wire circuit


either side and check from start switch TS11
voltage at terminal to TB33.
TB33.

12V

Hold the start switch to Repair blk wire circuit


either side and check 0V from TB33 to terminal
voltage at terminal #3 on #3 on ignition/start
ignition/start module. module.

12V

Hold the start switch to Repair open in red


either side and check 0V power supply wire circuit
voltage at terminal #6 on from CB1 to CR1 to CR2
the ignition/start module. then to terminal #6 to
on ignition/start module.

12V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5-3


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 1

Continued from the Hold the start switch to 0V Check ground wire to bad Repair open in ground
either side and check terminal #5 on start
previous page. voltage at terminal #1 on lockout module. wire.
ignition/start module.
good

Consult Genie Industries


12V Service Department.

Hold the start switch to Repair open in blk wire


either side and check 0V from terminal #1 on
voltage at terminal #86 ignition/start module to
on CR1. CR1.

12V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in red wire


terminal #30 on CR1. circuit from battery to
CB1 to CR1 terminal
#30.
12V

Hold the start switch to 0V Check brown ground bad Repair open in brown
either side and check wire to terminal #85 on ground wire circuit to
voltage at terminal #87 CR1. CR1.
on CR1.
good

Replace CR1 relay.


12V

Hold the start switch to 0V Repair open in blk wire


either side and check circuit from CR1 to
voltage at the black wire starter solenoid.
on the starter solenoid.

12V

Check voltage at starter 0V Repair open in battery


cable. cable to starter.

12V

Repair or replace starter


or starter solenoid.

5-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 2
Engine Cranks With the keyswitch
less
than Check battery condition
turned to ground OR check alternator OR
Over But Will controls and both
11V
check for short circuits
Not Start - Emergency Stop buttons OR check battery cables
pulled out to the on OR replace the battery.
Gasoline/LPG position, hold start
switch to either side and
Models check battery voltage
while engine is cranking.
Be sure to check the
engine oil level and fill more than 11V
as needed.
Check if engine coolant continuity Check if radiator and/or hot Check engine coolant
Be sure to check fuel temperature sending engine block feels level OR check radiator
unit signal post has excessively hot. fins for clogging OR
levels and engine continuity to ground. check engine fan belts
coolant level. OR see Ford service
manual for
Be sure the gasoline troubleshooting an
not hot overheating engine.
shut-off valve is in the
ON or OPEN position.

Be sure that automatic continuity Replace temperature


Remove wht wire from
choke is not sticking temperature sending switch sender.
closed. unit, check continuity to
ground on temperature
Perform following tests sending unit.
in gasoline mode only.
no continuity
Be sure that the water no continuity
temperature gauge Remove wht wire from continuity Repair short in wht wire
TB24 and check circuit from TB24 to
does not show an continuity to ground. temperature sender.
overheated condition.
no continuity

Repair short in wht wire


circuit from terminal #10
on ignition/start module
to TB24 OR consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

good
Remove #1 spark plug spark
and ground spark plug Go to Chart 2A.
body. Crank engine and
observe spark.

weak or no spark

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5-5


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 2

Disable starter by See Ford service


Continued from the removing blk wire at the 12V manual for
previous page. starter solenoid, hold the troubleshooting ignition
start switch to either system.
side and check voltage
at the white wire on the
ignition coil plug.

less than 12V

Hold the start switch to 12V Repair open in wht #21


either side and check wire from CR2 to ignition
voltage at wht #21 on coil.
terminal #87 of CR2.

0V

Check voltage at red 0V Repair open in red wire


wire on terminal #30 of circuit from battery to
CR2. TB20 to CB1 to CR1 to
CR2.
12V

Hold the start switch to Hold start switch and Repair open in blk wire
either side and check 0V check voltage at 12V from terminal #86 on
voltage at terminal #86 terminal #9 on ignition/ CR2 to terminal #9 on
of CR2. start module. ignition/start module.

0V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in power


terminal #6 on ignition/ supply wires from CB1
start module. to CR1 to CR2 to
terminal #6 on ignition/
start module.
12V

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
12V ground wire at terminal ground wire to start
#5 on start lockout lockout module.
module to ground.

continuity

Consult Genie Industries


Service Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 2

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
Continued from the ground to terminal #85 ground wire circuit to
previous page. on CR2. CR2.

continuity

If weak spark still exists,


consult Ford engine
service manual for
troubleshooting engine
with weak spark OR
consult Genie Industries
Service.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5-7


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 2A
Engine Cranks Hold the start switch to Repair open in white
either side and check #21 wire circuit from the
Over But Will the voltage at the white 0V ignition coil plug to the
wire on the choke while automatic choke.
Not Start - cranking the engine.
Gasoline/LPG
12V
Models
Check automatic choke bad Adjust or replace
or for proper adjustment or automatic choke OR
internal damage. consult Genie Industries
Service Department.
Engine Runs
good
While Cranking
Then Dies With keyswitch on and
both Emergency Stop
0V Repair open in red/wht
#23 wire circuit from
buttons pulled out to the TB23 to vacuum switch.
Perform these tests in ON position, check
gasoline mode only. voltage at red/wht #23
wire on vacuum switch.

12V
bad
Remove the blk wire Turn machine off. See Replace vacuum switch.
with diode from terminal 0V Repair section for how
#86 on CR3, hold the the test the vacuum
start switch to either switch.
side and crank the
engine over for 15
seconds and check ok
voltage at red/blk wire bad
on vacuum switch Check vacuum line for Replace vacuum line.
(reconnect blk wire after restrictions or damage.
test).
ok

12V See Ford service


manual to troubleshoot
low manifold vacuum.
With keyswitch on and
both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
0V Repair open in red/blk
ON position, disconnect
wire circuit from vacuum
wires from vacuum switch to CR6.
switch and connect the
wires together. Check
the voltage at terminal
#86 on CR6.

12V

Continued on the next


page.

5-8 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 2A

With keyswitch on and Repair open in red


Continued from the both Emergency Stop 0V power wire circuit with
previous page. buttons pulled out to the diode to fuel select
ON position, crank toggle switch TS3.
engine and check
voltage at center
terminal on fuel select
switch TS3 in platform
control box.

12V
0V
With keyswitch on and Replace toggle switch.
both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
ON position, crank
engine and check
voltage on gasoline side
(blu/wht wire) of fuel
select switch.

12V

With keyswitch on and Repair open in blu/wht


both Emergency Stop 0V wire circuit from toggle
buttons pulled out to the TS3 toggle switch to
on position, crank TP38 to TB38.
engine and check
voltage at terminal
TB38.

12V

With keyswitch on and 0V Repair open in blu/wht


both Emergency Stop wire circuit from TB38 to
buttons pulled out to the terminal #30 on CR6.
ON position, crank
engine and check
voltage at blu/wht wire
at terminal #30 on CR6.

12V

With keyswitch on and 0V Check brown ground no good Repair open in brown
both Emergency Stop wire on terminal #85 of ground wire circuit to
buttons pulled out to the CR6. CR6.
ON position, crank the
engine and check
voltage at terminal #87 good
on CR6.
Replace CR6.
12V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5-9


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 2A

Hold the start switch to 0V Repair open in blu/wht


Continued from the either side and check #38 wire circuit CR6 to
previous page. voltage at blu/wht wire anti-diesel valve.
on anti-diesel valve (on
engine carburetor).

12V
no
Hold the start switch to 0V Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
either side and check brown ground wire on ground wire circuit to
voltage at blu/wht #38 fuel pump to ground. fuel pump.
wire on fuel pump.
continuity

Repair open in blu/wht


#38 wire circuit from
12V anti-diesel valve to fuel
pump.

Hold the start switch to Repair open in blu/wht


either side and check 0V #38 wire circuit from fuel
voltage at blu/wht #38 pump to gasoline
wire on gasoline solenoid.
solenoid (at gasoline
tank).

12V

Hold the start switch to no Reconnect the two wires


either side, does engine to vacuum switch and
start? check for fuel line
blockage OR replace
anti-diesel valve OR see
yes Ford service manual for
troubleshooting fuel
Go to chart 2B. pump and/or carburetor
OR Consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

5 - 10 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 2B
Engine Runs Hold start switch to 0V Crank engine and check 0V Check alternator wiring
either side and check voltage at org/blk #41 OR repair or replace
While Cranking voltage at terminal #2 on wire on alternator. alternator OR contact
start lockout module. Genie Industries Service
Then Dies Department.
6 to 7V

Repair open in org/blk


#41 wire circuit from
alternator to TB41 to
6 to 7V terminal #2 on start
lockout module.

While cranking engine Disconnect wht #24 wire Check oil level OR
for 15 seconds, check from oil pressure sender replace oil pressure
continuity to ground on yes and check continuity to yes sending unit OR refer to
terminal #10 start ground on signal post of Ford service manual for
lockout module. Is sender, while cranking troubleshooting low oil
continuity maintained? the engine. Is continuity pressure.
maintained?

no

Disconnect wht #24 wire Check coolant level OR


from water temperature replace water
sender and check yes temperature sending
continuity to ground on unit OR refer to Ford
signal post of sender, service manual for
while cranking the troubleshooting a
engine. Is continuity overheated engine.
maintained?
no

no

Repair short to ground


in wht #24 wire from
sending units to TB24 to
terminal #10 on ignition/
start module.

Check voltage at 12V Disconnect red wire Replace ignition/start


terminal #4 on ignition/ from terminal #4 on 12V module OR consult
start module. ignition/start module and Genie Industries Service
check voltage at Department.
terminal #4.

0V 0V

Test auxiliary power


toggle switches TS1 and
Replace start lockout TS10. See Repair
module OR consult Section.
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 11


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 3
Engine Cranks Hold the start switch to
less
than Check battery condition
either side and check OR check alternator OR
Over But Will battery voltage while
11V
check for short circuits
Not Start - engine is cranking. OR check battery cables
OR replace the battery.
Deutz Diesel 11V or more
Models
Check if engine over- continuity Check if oil cooler Check engine oil level
Be sure to check the temperature sending and/or engine block
hot
OR oil cooler fins for
engine oil level and fill signal post has feels excessively hot. clogging OR check
as needed. continuity to ground. engine fan belts OR see
Deutz service manual
Be sure to check for troubleshooting an
not hot overheating engine.
fuel level.
Be sure the diesel fuel
shut-off valve is in Remove wht wire from continuity Replace temperature
the on position. temperature sending switch sending unit.
unit, check continuity to
Be sure that the battery ground (on sending
is fully charged. unit).

no continuity
no continuity
Remove wht wire from continuity Repair short in wht wire
TB24. circuit from TB24 to
temperature sender.
no continuity

Repair short in wht wire


circuit from ignition/start
module to TB24 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

0 or
Disable the starter by Turn the machine off infinite Replace the fuel
removing the blk wire at and isolate the fuel ohms solenoid.
12V
the starter solenoid. solenoid. Check the
Hold the start switch to resistance of the
either side and check solenoid.
the voltage at positive
terminal on fuel 3.50 ohms
solenoid.

See Deutz service


manual for
0V troubleshooting fuel
system.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 12 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 3

Hold start switch and Repair open in wht #21


Continued from the check voltage at wht 12V wire from CR2 to fuel
previous page. #21 wire on terminal #87 solenoid.
of CR2.

0V

Check voltage at red 0V Repair open in red wire


wire on terminal #30 of circuit from battery to
CR2. CB1 to CR1 to CR2.

12V

Hold the start switch to Hold the start switch to Repair open in blk wire
0V either side and check 12V from terminal #86 on
either side and check
voltage at terminal #86 voltage at terminal #9 on CR2 to terminal #9 on
of CR2. the ignition/start module. the ignition/start module.

0V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in power


terminal #6 and 7 on supply wires to terminal
ignition/start module. #6 and 7 on ignition/start
module.
12V

Check continuity from no Repair open in brown


ground to brown wire at continuity ground wire circuit to
12V terminal #5 on ignition/ terminal #5 on ignition/
start module. start module.

continuity

Replace the ignition/


start module OR consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Check continuity from no Repair open in brown


ground to terminal #85 continuity ground wire circuit to
on CR2. CR2.

good

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 13


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 3

Crank engine and check 0V Crank engine and check 0V Repair or replace
Continued from the voltage at org/blk #41 alternator OR contact
previous page. voltage at terminal #2 on
start lockout module. wire on alternator. Genie Industries Service
Department.
6 to 7V

Repair open in org/blk


#41 wire circuit from
6 to 7V alternator to TB41 to
terminal #2 on start
lockout module.

While cranking engine Disconnect wht #24 wire Check oil level OR
for 15 seconds, check from oil pressure sender replace oil pressure
continuity to ground on yes and check continuity to yes sending unit OR refer to
terminal #10 on start ground on signal post of Deutz service manual
lockout module. Is sender, while cranking for troubleshooting low
continuity maintained? the engine. Is continuity oil pressure.
maintained?

no

Disconnect wht #24 wire Check oil level OR


from engine temperature replace engine
sender and check yes temperature sending
continuity to ground on unit OR refer to Deutz
signal post of sender, service manual for
while cranking the troubleshooting a
engine. Is continuity overheated engine.
no maintained?

no

Repair short to ground


in wht #24 wire from
sending units to TB24 to
terminal #10 on ignition/
start module.

Check voltage at 12V Disconnect red wire Replace ignition/start


terminal #4 on ignition/ from terminal #4 on 12V module OR consult
start module. ignition/start module and Genie Industries Service
check voltage at Department.
terminal #4.

0V 0V

Test auxiliary power


toggle switches TS1 and
Replace ignition/start TS10. See Repair
module OR consult Section.
Genie Industries Service
Department.

5 - 14 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 4
Engine Will Not Disconnect LPG supply
line from LPG tank and
Start On LPG, bleed pressure from
line.
But Will Start
On Gasoline -
Gasoline/LPG With keyswitch on and 0V Replace fuel select
Models both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
switch.
ON position, check
Be sure fuel select voltage at LPG side
switch is switched (blu/red wire) of fuel
to LPG. select switch.

Be sure to check 12V


LPG fuel level.
With keyswitch on and Repair open in blu/red
both Emergency Stop 0V wire circuit from fuel
buttons pulled out to the select switch to TP39 to
ON position, check TB39.
voltage at TB39.

12V

With keyswitch on and 0V Repair open in blu/red


both Emergency Stop wire circuit from TB39 to
buttons pulled out to the terminal #30 on CR7.
ON position, check
voltage at terminal #30
on CR7.

12V

Crank engine for 15 0V Repair open in red/blk


seconds and check wire circuit from vacuum
voltage at terminal #86 switch to CR6 to CR7.
on CR7.

12V

Check continuity from bad Repair open in brown


ground to brown wire on ground wire circuit to
terminal #85 on CR7. terminal #85 on CR7.

good

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 15


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 4

Hold the start switch to 0V


Continued from the Replace CR7 relay.
either side and check
previous page.
voltage at terminal #87
on CR7.

12V

Hold the start switch to Repair open in blu/red


either side and check 0V wire circuit from CR7
voltage at blu/red wire terminal #87 to LPG
on LPG solenoid. solenoid.

12V 0 or
infinite
Check resistance of ohms
Replace LPG solenoid.
LPG solenoid.

9 to 10 ohms

Reconnect LPG tank


and starter then see
Maintenance section for
LPG adjustments OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

5 - 16 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 5
Engine Will With keyswitch on and 0V Replace fuel select
both Emergency Stop switch.
Not Start On switches pulled out to
Gasoline, the ON position, check
voltage at gasoline side
But Will Start (blu/wht wire) of fuel
select switch.
On LPG -
12V
Gasoline/LPG
Models With keyswitch on and Repair open in blu/wht
both Emergency Stop 0V wire circuit from fuel
Be sure fuel select buttons pulled out to the select switch to
ON position, check TP38 to TB38.
switch is switched voltage at TB38.
to gasoline.
12V
Be sure to check
gasoline fuel level. With keyswitch on and Repair open in blu/wht
0V
both Emergency Stop wire circuit from TB38 to
Be sure that engine buttons pulled out to the terminal #30 on CR6.
ON position, check
choke is operating voltage at terminal #30
properly. on CR6.

12V

Crank engine for 15 0V Repair open in red/blk


seconds and check wire circuit from vacuum
voltage at terminal #86 switch to CR6.
on CR6 while cranking.

12V
no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
ground to brown wire at ground wire circuit to
terminal #85 on CR6. terminal #85 on CR6.

continuity

Hold the start switch to Repair open in blu/wht


either side and check 0V wire circuit from CR6
voltage at blu/wht wire terminal #87
on anti-diesel valve (on to anti-diesel valve OR
carburetor). replace CR6.

12V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 17


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 5

no
Hold the start switch to 0V Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
Continued from the either side and check ground to brown wire at ground wire circuit to the
previous page. voltage at blu/wht wire fuel pump. fuel pump.
on the fuel pump.
continuity

Repair open in blu/wht


wire from anti-diesel
12V solenoid to fuel pump
OR replace fuel pump.

no
Hold the start switch to Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
either side and check 0V ground to brown wire at ground wire circuit to the
voltage at blu/wht wire gasoline solenoid. gasoline solenoid.
on gasoline solenoid (at
fuel tank).
continuity

Repair open in blu/wht


wire from fuel pump to
gasoline solenoid OR
12V replace gasoline
solenoid.

0 or
infinite
Check resistance of ohms Replace gasoline
gasoline solenoid. solenoid.

18 to 19 ohms
0 or
infinite
Check resistance of ohms Replace anti-diesel
anti-diesel valve. valve.

24 to 25 ohms

less than
Install a pressure gauge 7 psi Replace fuel pump OR
to the fuel pump. Hold check anti-diesel and
start switch to either fuel valve for defects
side and observe the
pressure on the gauge.

more than 7 psi

Reconnect starter and


see Ford service manual
for carburetor
troubleshooting OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

5 - 18 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 6
Engine Start engine and move Check voltage at center Repair open in power
0V 0V
High Idle the rpm select to high terminal on rpm select supply circuit to center
idle (rabbit symbol) for switch TS4 and TS13. terminal of switch.
Inoperative - following checks. Check
voltage at blk/red wire 12V
Gasoline/LPG on rpm select switch
TS4 and TS13.
Models Replace rpm select
toggle switch.
If high idle operates 12V
on LPG but not on
gasoline, see Ford 0V
Check voltage at TB35. Repair open in blk/red
service manual for wire circuit from toggle
carburetor switch to TP35 to TB35.
troubleshooting. 12V
If high idle operates
on gasoline but not Check voltage at Repair open in blk/red
0V
on LPG, see Repair terminal #85 (blk/red) on wire circuit from
CR4. TB35 to CR4.
section for LPG
regulator adjustments.
12V
Be sure throttle no
linkage from governor Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
ground to the brown ground wire circuit to
to carburetor is not wire on terminal #86 of terminal #86 on CR4.
binding. CR4.

Be sure high idle can continuity


be achieved by grasping
the governor actuator Check voltage at 0V Repair open in white
terminal #30 on CR4. #21 power wire from
arm and momentarily terminal 87 on CR2 to
pulling to throttle the CR3 to CR4.
carburetor. 12V

Check voltage at 12V Replace CR4 relay.


terminal 87A on CR4.

0V

Check voltage at 12V Repair short in blk/red


terminal 7 on electronic #R4 wire to terminal #7
governor. on precision governor.

0V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 19


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 6

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in wht wire


Continued from the circuit from CR2
previous page. terminal #30 on CR3.
terminal #87 to CR3
#30.
12V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in rd/blk


terminal #86 on CR3. #R6 wire circuit from
vacuumn switch to CR6
to CR7 to terminal #86
on CR3.
12V

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in ground
ground to brown wire on wire to terminal #85 on
terminal #85 of CR3. CR3.

continuity

Check voltage to 0V
Replace CR3 relay.
terminal #87 on CR3.

12V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in red/wht


terminal 1 (red/wht wire) wire circuit from terminal
on electronic governor. #87 on CR3 to terminal
#1 on electronic
governor.
12V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in red/wht


terminal 1 (red/wht wire) wire circuit from
on governor actuator. electronic governor
terminal #5 to governor
actuator terminal #1.
12V

Check continuity from no Repair open in blu/blk


terminal #6 on precision continuity wire circuit from
governor to blu/blk governor actuator to
terminal #2 on governor electronic governor.
actuator.

full continuity

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 20 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 6

Check voltage on red/ 0V Repair open in red/wht


Continued from the wht wire on governor wire from governor
previous page. actuator. controller to governor
actuator.
12V

Turn machine off, 0 or


remove both wires infinite
from governor actuator ohms Replace governor
and check resistance actuator.
across governor
actuator terminals.

2 to 3 ohms

Reconnect governor Repair open in brown


wires and restart engine 0V wire circuit from ignition
and check voltage at coil plug to electronic
electronic governor governor.
terminal 3 and 4 (brown
wires).

12V

See Maintenance
section for governor
adjustments OR replace
electronic governor.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 21


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 7
Engine Low Idle Start engine and switch Isolate the ground and
rpm select to low idle platform rpm toggle
Inoperative - (turtle symbol). Check
12V
switches TS4 and TS13,
voltage at terminal #86 check individually and
Gasoline/LPG (blk/rd wire) on CR4. replace defective switch.
Models
0V
If low idle operates
on LPG but not on Check voltage at 0V Repair open in wht wire
gasoline, see Ford terminal #30 on CR4. circuit from terminal #87
on CR2 to CR4 terminal
service manual for #30.
carburetor 12V
troubleshooting.

If low idle operates 0V


Check voltage at Replace CR4 relay.
on gasoline but not terminal #87A on CR4.
on LPG, see Repair
section for LPG 12V
regulator adjustments.
Check voltage at 0V Repair open in blk/red
Be sure throttle terminal #7 on wire circuit from CR4
electronic governor. terminal #87A to
linkage from governor electronic governor
to carburetor is not terminal #7.
binding, see Repair 12V
section.
Check voltage at Repair open in brown
electronic governor 0V wire circuit from ignition
terminal 3 and 4 (brown module to electronic
wires). governor.

12V

Turn machine off, Recheck throttle linkage


remove blu/blk wire from engine goes to high idle (see Repair section) OR
terminal #6 on electronic check and/or replace
governor and restart governor actuator OR
engine. see Ford service manual
for carburetor
troubleshooting.
engine goes to low idle

Recheck electronic
governor adjustments
OR replace electronic
governor.

5 - 22 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 8
Engine Start engine, switch rpm Check high idle
solenoid adjustment (see
select switch to high idle
High Idle (rabbit symbol) and
pulls in Maintenance section) or
check if 2-speed see Deutz workshop
Inoperative - solenoid pulls in. manual to troubleshoot
Deutz Diesel fuel injection system.
solenoid does
Models not pull in

Be sure mechanical Check voltage at blk/red Check voltage on red Repair open in circuit
0V 0V
linkage is not binding wire on rpm select wire at center terminal of supplying 12V to center
or defective. switch TS4 and TS13. rpm select switch. terminal of switch.

Be sure 2-speed 12V


solenoid grounding
wires are free of 12V Replace toggle switch
corrosion and have full
continuity to ground.
0V
Check voltage at TB35. Repair open in blk/red
wire circuit from toggle
switch to TP35 to TB35.
12V

Check voltage at 0V Repair open in blk/red


terminal #30 on CR3. wire circuit from TB35 to
terminal #30 on CR3.
12V

Check voltage to 0V Repair open in wht wire


terminal #86 on CR3. circuit from terminal #87
on CR2 to terminal #86
on CR3.
12V

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
ground to brown wire at ground wire circuit to
terminal #85 on CR3. terminal #85 on CR3.

continuity

Check voltage to 0V
terminal #87 on CR3. Replace CR3 relay.

12V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 23


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 8

Continued from the Check voltage at 0V Repair open in blk/red


previous page. terminal #86 on CR4. wire circuit from
CR3 to CR4.

12V

Check continuity from bad Repair open in brown


ground to brown wire at ground wire circuit to
terminal #85 on CR4. terminal #85 on CR4.

good

Check voltage to 0V Repair open in wht wire


terminal #30 on CR4. circuit from CR2 to CR3
to CR4.
12V

Check voltage at the 0V Replace CR4 relay


blk/red wire on the OR repair open in
2-speed solenoid. blk/red wire circuit from
terminal #87 on CR4 to
2-speed solenoid.
12V

solenoid
Check if 2-speed binds Check linkage or
solenoid moves in and replace solenoid.
out freely.

moves freely

Replace 2-speed
solenoid. Note:
resistance across
solenoid terminals
should be approximately
0.3 ohms.

5 - 24 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 9
Engine At platform controls, Isolate the platform and
start engine and switch 12V ground rpm switches,
Low Idle rpm select switch TS4 to check individually and
maintained low idle replace defective switch.
Inoperative - (turtle symbol). Check
Deutz Diesel voltage at blk/red wire
on rpm select switch.
Models
0V
Check if
12V
mechanical linkage Check voltage at the Replace CR4 relay.
from 2-speed red wire on the
2-speed solenoid.
solenoid to fuel
injection system is 0V
binding or defective. solenoid
Check if 2-speed binds Check linkage or
solenoid moves in and replace solenoid.
out freely.

moves freely

Check adjustment of
linkage and fuel injection
system low idle. See
Maintenance section.

ok

See Deutz workshop


manual to troubleshoot
fuel injection system OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 25


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 10
All Functions Check hydraulic low Fill with Dexron
fluid level. equivalent hydraulic
Inoperative, fluid.
Engine Starts ok
and Runs
Check pump suction line closed Do the pumps feel yes If engine has been run
shutoff valves. In the excessively hot? with valves closed, it
open position, the valve may have damaged one
handles should be or both pumps. Please
parallel with hose. contact the Genie
Industries Service
no Department.

Open valves and start


open the engine. Check all
machine functions for
correct operation.

Disconnect ignition coil spline Troubleshoot


connector plug from turns inoperative boom
ignition coils. On Deutz functions and
diesel models, hold inoperative drive
manual fuel shutoff lever functions separately.
to the closed position
(clockwise).
Remove function pump
from main pump but
leave all hoses
connected. Hold start
switch and crank engine
over while observing
spline drive at rear of
main pump.

spline does not turn

Engine to pump flex


plate coupling is
defective OR main
pump is defective.
Consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

5 - 26 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 11
All Lift and Install a 0 to 5000 PSI 2600 Troubleshoot each
(345 bar) pressure psi or function individually or
Steer Functions gauge on the function more consult Genie Industries
manifold. Start engine, Service Department.
Inoperative, move the function
Drive Functions enable toggle switch to
either side and hold the
Operational boom retract function
and check the hydraulic
pressure.
Be sure the hydraulic
suction line shutoff less than
valve for the lift/steer 2600 psi
pump is in the open Adjust the function Move the function
position. manifold system relief 2600 enable switch to either
valve (item W) all the psi or side and hold the boom
Be sure all grounding way in (clockwise) more retract switch and
counting the number of readjust the relief
wires for the hydraulic turns. Move the function pressure to 2600 psi for
manifold valves are free enable switch to either S-60 or 2900 psi for
side and hold the boom S-65 .
of corrosion and have retract switch and
full continuity to ground. recheck the pressure.
less than
2600 psi
steering
Check steer functions. operates Repair or replace
differential sensing valve
(item V) OR repair or
replace flow regulator
valve (item AA) OR
manifold has an internal
defect, consult Genie
steering inoperative Industries Service
Department.

Check the function ok Replace the relief valve


pump, see Repair (item W) OR manifold
section. has an internal defect.
Consult the Genie
Industries Service
Department.
bad

Replace the function


pump.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 27


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 12
Ground Does the engine start yes Start the engine from Repair open in red wire
from the ground the ground controls. circuit from key switch to
Controls controls? Move the function
0V
function enable toggle
enable toggle switch to switch to each function
Inoperative, either side and check toggle switch.
Platform the voltage on the
center terminal of the
Controls platform level toggle
switch TS16.
Operate
no 12V
Normally
Be sure all other Troubleshoot each
function individually.
functions operate
normally, including
the platform
controls. With both Emergency Repair open in red wire
Stop buttons pulled out 0V circuit from emergency
to the ON position, check stop button to the
voltage at red wire on key switch.
the input side of the
ground controls contact
of the key switch KS1
(the red wire checked
should originate from
the Emergency Stop
button).

12V

With the keyswitch 0V Check if key switch yes Replace key switch
turned to ground internal cam is activating contact for ground
controls and both ground contact. controls.
Emergency Stop buttons
are pulled out to the ON
no
position, check voltage
at red wire at the output
side of the ground Replace key switch
controls contact on the KS1.
key switch.

12V

Repair open in red wire


circuit from key switch to
function enable toggle
switch to each function
toggle switch.

5 - 28 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 13
Platform Does engine start from yes Start engine from the Test or replace foot
the platform controls? platform controls, then switch (see Repair
Controls press down the foot
0V
Section) OR repair open
switch and check in wht wire circuit from
Inoperative, voltage at TP24. foot switch to TP24.
Ground
12V
Controls
no
Operate Repair open in wht wire
circuit from TP24 to
Normally function toggle switches
and function controllers.
Be sure all
cables from chassis 0V
Check voltage at TB22. Repair open in red wire
through the cable circuit from key switch to
track are in good TB22 OR Replace the
condition with no platform controls contact
12V at the key switch.
kinks or abrasions.

0V
Check voltage at TP22. Repair open in blk-2
wire circuit from TB22
TP22.
12V

Check voltage at blk Repair open in blk wire


wire on input side of 0V from TP22 to
platform Emergency Emergency Stop button
Stop button contact P2. P2.

12V

With the key switch 0V Check if Emergency yes Replace contact on


turned to platform Stop switch the contact. Emergency Stop button
controls and both P2.
Emergency Stop buttons no
pulled out to the on
position, check the
voltage on the output Replace the platform
side of the platform Emergency Stop button.
Emergency Stop button
contact.

12V
0V
Check voltage at TP23. Repair open in blk wire
with diode from
Emergency Stop button
12V to TP23.

Repair open in blk wire


circuit from platform
Emergency Stop button
to TP26 to foot switch
OR replace foot switch
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 29


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 14
Boom Up With key switch in Move the function Repair open in red/wht
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB3 to
Function both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom boom up/down
0V 8 to 9V
buttons pulled out to the up toggle switch (TS17) proportional valve coil
Inoperative ON position, move the on ground panel in the (item O) OR repair open
function enable switch to up direction and check in brown ground wire
Be sure all other either side and hold the voltage at TB3. circuit to valve coil.
functions operate boom up toggle switch
normally. (TS17) on ground panel
in up direction and 0V
check voltage on red/
wht wire on boom up/ With the keyswitch in 8 to 9V Repair open in red/wht
down proportional valve platform position and wire from TP3 to TB3.
coil (item O). both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
ON position, activate
footswitch and boom
function controller (BP1)
on platform control
panel in up direction and
check voltage at TP3.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
20V or more
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 30 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 14

Continued from the With key switch in Move the function Repair open in red #1
ground position and enable switch to either 12V or wire circuit from TB1 to
previous page. both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom boom up function
0V more
buttons pulled out to the up toggle switch (TS17) directional valve coil
ON position, move the on ground panel in up (item B) OR repair open
function enable switch to direction and check in brown ground wire
either side and hold the voltage at TB1. circuit to valve coil.
boom up toggle switch
(TS17) on ground panel
in up direction and 0V
check voltage on red #1
wire on boom up/down With key switch in Troubleshoot boom up
directional valve coil platform position and function toggle switch
(item B). both Emergency Stop 12V or (TS17) on ground
buttons pulled out to the more control panel OR repair
ON position, activate open in red #1 wire
footswitch and boom circuit from TS17 to TB1
function controller (BP1) OR consult Genie
on platform control Industries Service
panel in up direction and Department.
check voltage TB1.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in red wire
boom function controller from TP1 to TB1.
(BP1) on platform
control panel in up
direction and check
voltage TP1.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


20V or more check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 31


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 14

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the boom up directional infinite
previous page. valve coil (item B) and ohms Replace boom up
directional valve coil
test the resistance of the
(item B).
valve coil. See Repair
Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the boom up toggle
switch at the ground
controls in the up
direction. Manually
override the directional
valve by pushing in on
the end of the valve
spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI Check for mechanical


(345 bar) pressure 2500 restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick PSI or boom from moving OR
disconnect coupling on more repair cylinder or
the boom function cylinder counterbalance
manifold and start the valve OR consult Genie
engine. Move the Industries Service
function enable switch to Department.
either side and hold the
boom up toggle switch
at the ground controls in
the up direction and
check the pressure.

less than 2500 PSI

Exchange flow regulator function


valve (item H) with a like operates Replace defective flow
valve (item G). Check regulator valve.
boom up function.

function inoperative

Repair cylinder or
cylinder counterbalance
valve OR boom function
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

5 - 32 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 15
Boom Down With key switch in Move the function Repair open in red/wht
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB3 to
Function both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom boom up/down
0V 6 to 7V
buttons pulled out to the down toggle switch proportional valve coil
Inoperative ON position, move the (TS17) on ground panel (item O) OR repair open
function enable switch to in the down direction in brown ground wire
Be sure all other either side and hold the and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
functions operate boom down toggle TB3.
normally. switch (TS17) on ground
panel in down direction
and check voltage on 0V
red/wht wire on boom
up/down proportional With the keyswitch in 6 to 7V Repair open in red/wht
valve coil (item O). the platform position and wire from TP3 to TB3.
both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
ON position, activate
footswitch and boom
function controller (BP1)
on platform control
panel in down direction
and check voltage at
TP3.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
20V or more
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 33


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 15

Continued from the With key switch in Move the function Repair open in red/blk
ground position and enable switch to either 12V or #2 wire circuit from TB2
previous page. both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom to boom down function
0V more
buttons pulled out to the down toggle switch directional valve coil
ON position, move the (TS17) on ground panel (item B) OR repair open
function enable switch to in down direction and in brown ground wire
either side and hold the check voltage at TB2. circuit to valve coil.
boom down toggle
switch (TS17) on ground
panel in down direction 0V
and check voltage on
red/blk #2 wire on boom With key switch in Troubleshoot boom
function directional valve platform position and down function toggle
coil (item B). both Emergency Stop 12V or switch (TS17) on ground
buttons pulled out to the more control panel OR repair
ON position, activate open in red/blk #2 wire
footswitch and boom circuit from TS17 to TB2
function controller (BP1) OR consult Genie
on platform control Industries Service
panel in down direction Department.
and check voltage TB2.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in red/blk
boom function controller wire from TP2 to TB2.
(BP1) on platform
control panel in down
direction and check
voltage TP2.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


20V or more check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 34 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 15

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the boom down directional infinite
previous page. valve coil (item B) and ohms Replace boom down
test the resistance of the directional valve coil
(item B).
valve coil. See Repair
Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the boom down
toggle switch at the
ground controls in the
down direction.
Manually override the
directional valve by
pushing in on the end of
the valve spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI Check for mechanical


(345 bar) pressure restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick 2100 boom from moving OR
disconnect coupling on PSI repair cylinder or
the boom function cylinder counterbalance
manifold and start the valve OR consult Genie
engine. Move the Industries Service
function enable switch to Department.
either side and hold the
boom down toggle
switch at the ground
controls in the down
direction and check the
pressure.

less than 2100 PSI

Reset boom down relief


valve (item F) pressure
(see Repair Section) OR
replace boom down
relief valve OR repair
cylinder or cylinder
counterbalance valve
OR function manifold
could have an internal
defect. Consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 35


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 16
Boom Extend With key switch in Move the function Repair open in blk/red
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB9 to
Function both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom boom extend/retract
0V 9 to 10V
buttons pulled out to the extend toggle switch proportional valve coil
Inoperative ON position, move the (TS19) on ground panel (item M) OR repair open
function enable switch to in the extend direction in brown ground wire
Be sure all other either side and hold the and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
functions operate boom extend toggle TB9.
normally. switch (TS19) on ground
panel in extend direction
and check voltage on 0V
blk/red wire on boom
extend/retract With keyswitch in 9 to 10V Repair open in blk/red
proportional valve coil platform position and wire from TP9 to TB9.
(item M). both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and boom
extend/retract
proportional controller
(BP2) on platform
control panel in extend
direction and check
voltage at TP9.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP2. to BP1 to BP2 OR repair
open in brown ground
wire circuit from ground
12V or more to BP2.

Re-adjust controller (see


20V or more Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP2
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 36 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 16

Continued from the With key switch in Move the function Repair open in blk wire
ground position and enable switch to either 12V or circuit from TB7 to boom
previous page. both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom extend function
0V more
buttons pulled out to the extend toggle switch directional valve coil
ON position, move the (TS19) on ground panel (item C) OR repair open
function enable switch to in the extend direction in brown ground wire
either side and hold the and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
boom extend/retract TB7.
toggle switch (TS19) on
ground panel in the 0V
extend direction and
check voltage on blk
wire on boom function With key switch in Troubleshoot boom
directional valve coil platform position and extend/retract function
(item C). both Emergency Stop 12V or toggle switch (TS19) on
buttons pulled out to the more ground control panel OR
ON position, activate repair open in blk wire
footswitch and boom circuit from TS19 to TB7
extend/retract OR consult Genie
proportional controller Industries Service
(BP2) on platform Department.
control panel in extend
direction and check
voltage TB7.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in blk wire
boom extend/retract from TP7 to TB7.
proportional controller
(BP2) on platform
control panel in extend
direction and check
voltage TP7.
20V or more 0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP2. to BP1 to BP2 OR repair
open in brown ground
12V or more wire circuit from ground
to BP2.
Re-adjust controller (see
Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP2
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 37


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 16

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the boom extend directional infinite
previous page. valve coil (item C) and ohms Replace boom extend
directional valve coil
test the resistance of the
(item C).
valve coil. See Repair
Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the boom extend
toggle switch at the
ground controls in the
extend direction.
Manually override the
directional valve by
pushing in on the end of
the valve spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI Check for mechanical


(345 bar) pressure 2500 restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick PSI or boom from extending
disconnect coupling on more OR repair cylinder or
the boom function cylinder counterbalance
manifold and start the valves OR consult
engine. Move the Genie Industries Service
function enable switch to Department.
either side and hold the
boom extend toggle
switch at the ground
controls in the extend
direction and check the
pressure.

less than 2500 PSI


function
Exchange flow regulator operates Replace defective flow
valve (item H) with a like regulator valve.
valve (item G). Check
boom extend function.

function inoperative

Repair cylinder or
cylinder counterbalance
valve OR function
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

5 - 38 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 17
Boom Retract With key switch in Move the function Repair open in blk/red
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB9 to
Function both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom
0V 9 to 9.5V boom extend/retract
buttons pulled out to the retract toggle switch proportional valve coil
Inoperative ON position, move the (TS19) on ground panel (item M) OR repair open
function enable switch to in the retract direction in brown ground wire
Be sure all other either side and hold the and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
functions operate boom retract toggle TB9.
normally. switch (TS19) on ground
panel in the retract
direction and check 0V
voltage on blk/red wire
on boom extend/retract With keyswitch in 9 to 9.5V Repair open in blk/red
proportional valve coil platform position and wire from TP9 to TB9.
(item M). both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and boom
extend/retract
proportional controller
(BP2) on platform
control panel in the
retract direction and
check voltage at TP9.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP2. to BP1 to BP2 OR repair
open in brown ground
wire circuit from ground
12V or more to BP2.

Re-adjust controller (see


20V or more Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP2
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 39


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 17

Continued from the With key switch in Move the function Repair open in blk/wht
ground position and enable switch to either 12V or wire circuit from TB8 to
previous page. both Emergency Stop side and hold the boom boom retract function
0V more
switches pulled out to retract toggle switch directional valve coil
the ON position, move (TS19) on ground panel (item C) OR repair open
the function enable in the retract direction in brown ground wire
switch to either side and and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
hold the boom extend/ TB8.
retract toggle switch
(TS19) on ground panel 0V
in the retract direction
and check voltage on
blk/wht wire on boom With key switch in Troubleshoot boom
function directional valve platform position and extend/retract function
coil (item C). both Emergency Stop 12V or toggle switch (TS19) on
switches pulled out to more ground control panel OR
the ON position, activate repair open in blk/wht
footswitch and boom wire circuit from TS19 to
extend/retract TB8 OR consult Genie
proportional controller Industries Service
(BP2) on platform Department.
control panel in the
retract direction and
check voltage TB8.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in blk/wht
boom extend/retract wire from TP8 to TB8.
proportional controller
(BP2) on platform
control panel in the
retract direction and
check voltage TP8.
20V or more 0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP2. to BP1 to BP2 OR repair
open in brown ground
12V or more wire circuit from ground
to BP2.
Re-adjust controller (see
Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP2
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 40 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 17

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the boom retract directional infinite
previous page. valve coil (item C) and ohms Replace boom retract
directional valve coil
test the resistance of the
(item C).
valve coil. See Repair
Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the boom retract
toggle switch at the
ground controls in the
retract direction.
Manually override the
directional valve by
pushing in on the end of
the valve spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI Check for mechanical


(345 bar) pressure 2500 restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick PSI or boom from retracting
disconnect coupling on more OR repair cylinder or
the boom function cylinder counterbalance
manifold and start the valves OR consult
engine. Move the Genie Industries Service
function enable switch to Department.
either side and hold the
boom retract toggle
switch at the ground
controls in the retract
direction and check the
pressure.

less than 2500 PSI


function
Exchange flow regulator operates Replace defective flow
valve (item G) with a like regulator valve.
valve (item H). Check
boom retract function.

function inoperative

Repair cylinder or
cylinder counterbalance
valve OR function
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 41


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 18
Turntable With key switch in Move the function Repair open in wht/red
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB6 to
Rotate Left both Emergency Stop side and hold the turntable rotate left/right
0V 4 to 6V
buttons pulled out to the turntable rotate toggle proportional valve coil
Function ON position, move the switch (TS18) on ground (item R) OR repair open
Inoperative function enable switch to panel in the left direction in brown ground wire
either side and hold the and check voltage at circuit to valve coil.
turntable rotate toggle TB6.
Be sure all other switch (TS18) on ground
functions operate panel in the left direction
normally. and check voltage on
wht/red wire on turntable
rotate left/right
proportional valve coil 0V
(item R).

With keyswitch in 4 to 6V Repair open in wht/red


platform position and wire from TP6 to TB6.
both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and turntable
rotate left/right
proportional controller
(BP1) on platform
control panel in the left
direction and check
voltage at TP6.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


20V or more check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 42 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 18

Continued from the With key switch in Move the function Repair open in wht/blk
ground position and enable switch to either 12V or wire circuit from TB5 to
previous page. both Emergency Stop side and hold the turntable rotate left
more
buttons pulled out to the 0V turntable rotate left/right function directional valve
ON position, move the toggle switch (TS18) on coil (item A) OR repair
function enable switch to ground panel in the left open in brown ground
either side and hold the direction and check wire circuit to valve coil.
turntable rotate left/right voltage at TB5.
toggle switch (TS18) on
ground panel in the left 0V
direction and check
voltage on
wht/blk wire on boom With key switch in Troubleshoot turntable
function directional valve platform position and rotate left/right function
coil (item A). both Emergency Stop 12V or toggle switch (TS18) on
buttons pulled out to the more ground control panel OR
ON position, activate repair open in wht/blk
footswitch and turntable wire circuit from TS18 to
rotate left/right TB5 OR consult Genie
proportional controller Industries Service
(BP1) on platform Department.
control panel in the left
direction and check
voltage TB5.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in wht/blk
turntable rotate left/right wire from TP5 to TB5.
proportional controller
(BP1) on platform
control panel in the left
direction and check
voltage TP5.
20V or more 0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
12V or more circuit from ground to
BP1.
Re-adjust controller (see
Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 43


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 18

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the turntable rotate left infinite
previous page. directional valve coil ohms Replace turntable rotate
(item A) and test the left directional valve coil
resistance of the valve (item A).
coil. See Repair Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the turntable rotate
left/right toggle switch at
the ground controls in
the left direction.
Manually override the
directional valve by
pushing in on the end of
the valve spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI


(345 bar) pressure 2600
gauge at the quick PSI or Exchange flow regulator function
disconnect coupling on more valve (item I) with a like operates Replace defective flow
the boom function valve (item H). Check regulator valve.
manifold and start the turntable rotate left
engine. Move the function.
function enable switch to
either side and hold the function inoperative
turntable rotate left
toggle switch at the
ground controls in the Repair cylinder or
left direction and check cylinder counterbalance
the pressure. valve OR function
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

less than 2600 PSI

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 44 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 18

Plumb a 0 to 5000 psi lessthan Function manifold could


Continued from the (0 to 345 bar) pressure 250 psi have an internal defect.
previous page. gauge into the hose Consult Genie Industries
from the function Service Department.
manifold to the turntable
rotation brake. Move the
function enable switch to
either side and activate
the turntable rotate left
function.

250 psi or more

Exchange turntable
rotate left and right function
counterbalance valves operates Replace defective
(items II and JJ). counterbalance valve.
Activate turntable rotate
left function.

function inoperative

Check for mechanical


restrictions keeping
turntable rotate left
function from operating
OR replace shuttle valve
(item HH) OR consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 45


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 19
Turntable With key switch in Move the function Repair open in wht/red
ground position and enable switch to either wire circuit from TB6 to
Rotate Right both Emergency Stop side and hold the 4 to 6V turntable rotate left/right
buttons pulled out to the 0V turntable rotate toggle proportional valve coil
Function ON position, move the switch (TS18) on ground (item R) OR repair open
Inoperative function enable switch to panel in the right in brown ground wire
either side and hold the direction and check circuit to valve coil.
turntable rotate toggle voltage at TB6.
Be sure all other switch (TS18) on ground
functions operate panel in the right
normally. direction and check
voltage on wht/red wire
on turntable rotate left/
right proportional valve 0V
coil (item R).

With keyswitch in 4 to 6V Repair open in wht/red


platform position and wire from TP6 to TB6.
both Emergency Stop
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and turntable
rotate left/right
proportional controller
(BP1) on platform
control panel in the right
direction and check
voltage at TP6.

0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


20V or more check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 46 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 19

With key switch in Move the function Repair open in wht wire
Continued from the ground position and enable switch to either circuit from TB4 to
previous page. 12V or
both Emergency Stop side and hold the more turntable rotate right
buttons pulled out to the 0V turntable rotate left/right function directional valve
ON position, move the toggle switch (TS18) on coil (item A) OR repair
function enable switch to ground panel in the right open in brown ground
either side and hold the direction and check wire circuit to valve coil.
turntable rotate left/right voltage at TB4.
toggle switch (TS18) on
ground panel in the right
direction and check 0V
voltage on
wht wire on boom With key switch in Troubleshoot turntable
function directional valve platform position and rotate left/right function
coil (item A). both Emergency Stop 12V or toggle switch (TS18) on
buttons pulled out to the more ground control panel OR
ON position, activate repair open in wht wire
footswitch and turntable circuit from TS18 to TB4
rotate left/right OR consult Genie
proportional controller Industries Service
(BP1) on platform Department.
control panel in the right
direction and check
voltage TB4.

0V
12V or
Activate footswitch and more Repair open in wht/blk
turntable rotate left/right wire from TP4 to TB4.
proportional controller
(BP1) on platform
control panel in the right
direction and check
voltage TP4.

20V or more 0V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in power


check voltage at "+" supply circuit from TP24
terminal on BP1. to BP1 OR repair open
in brown ground wire
circuit from ground to
12V or more BP1.

Re-adjust controller (see


Repair Section) OR
replace controller BP1
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 47


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 19

Disconnect wires to 0 or
Continued from the turntable rotate right infinite
previous page. directional valve coil ohms Replace turntable rotate
(item A) and test the right directional valve
resistance of the valve coil (item A).
coil. See Repair Section.

2.5 to 3.5 ohms


function
Move function enable operates Replace defective
switch to either side and directional valve.
hold the turntable rotate
left/right toggle switch at
the ground controls in
the right direction.
Manually override the
directional valve by
pushing in on the end of
the valve spool.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI


(345 bar) pressure 2600
gauge at the quick PSI or Exchange flow regulator function
disconnect coupling on more valve (item I) with a like operates Replace defective flow
the boom function valve (item H). Check regulator valve.
manifold and start the turntable rotate right
engine. Move the function.
function enable switch to
either side and hold the function inoperative
turntable rotate right
toggle switch at the
ground controls in the Repair cylinder or
right direction and check cylinder counterbalance
the pressure. valve OR function
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

less than 2600 PSI

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 48 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 19

Plumb a 0 to 5000 psi lessthan Function manifold could


Continued from the (0 to 345 bar) pressure 250 psi have an internal defect.
previous page. gauge into the hose Consult Genie Industries
from the function Service Department.
manifold to the turntable
rotation brake. Move the
function enable switch to
either side and activate
the turntable rotate right
function.

250 psi or more

Exchange turntable
rotate right and left function
counterbalance valves operates Replace defective
(items JJ and II). counterbalance valve.
Activate turntable rotate
right function.

function inoperative

Check for mechanical


restrictions keeping
turntable rotate right
function from operating
OR replace shuttle valve
(item HH) OR consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 49


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 20
All Platform Remove both hydraulic Replace the
hoses from the manifold yes counterbalance valves
Leveling (ports PL1 & PL2). Plug on function manifold
the hoses and cap the (items A & B).
Functions manifold fittings. Move
Inoperative the function enable
switch to either side and
activate the boom up
Be sure all other function and check to
functions operate see if platform levels.
normally.
no

Plumb a 0 to 5000 psi 2000 Check for mechanical


(0 to 345 bar) pressure PSI restrictions OR replace
gauge into master the slave cylinder
cylinder rod-end counterbalance valves.
hydraulic hose (hose
connected to port PL2)
using a tee fitting.
Activate boom up
function and check the
pressure.

less than 2000 PSI

Install a 0 to 5000 psi less than


(0 to 345 bar) pressure 2000 PSI Repair or replace the
gauge into the barrel- master cylinder.
end hydraulic hose from
the master cylinder and
raise the primary boom
one inch at a time.
Continually monitor the
pressure gauge during
boom up. Do not allow
the pressure to exceed
2500 PSI.

2000 PSI or more

Repair or replace the


slave cylinder.

5 - 50 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 21
Platform Level With the keyswitch With the keyswitch Repair open in org wire
turned to ground control turned to ground control 12V or from TB14 to platform
Up Function and both Emergency and both Emergency more level up directional valve
Stop buttons pulled out Stop buttons pulled out coil (item S) OR repair
Inoperative to the ON position, move to the on position, move open in brown ground
the function enable 0V the function enable wire circuit to valve coil.
Be sure all other switch to either side and switch to either side and
functions operate activate the platform activate the platform
normally. level toggle switch TS16 level toggle switch TS16
in the up direction and in the up direction and
check the voltage at org check the voltage at
wire on platform level up TB14.
function directional valve
(item S).
0V

With the keyswitch Troubleshoot platform


turned to platform level toggle switches
control and both TS16 and TS7 on
Emergency Stop buttons ground and platform
pulled out to the on 0V control panels OR repair
position, activate the open in red power wire
footswitch and the circuit to TS16 and TS7
platform level toggle OR repair open in org
switch TS7 in the up wire circuit from TS16
direction and check the and TS7 to TB14 OR
voltage at TB14. consult Genie Industries
Service Department.
12V or more

Troubleshoot platform
level toggle switch TS16
on ground control panel
12V or more OR repair open in red
power wire circuit to
TS16 OR repair open in
org wire circuit from
TS16 to TB14 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 51


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 21

Disconnect the wires 0 or


Continued from the from the platform level infinite
previous page. up directional valve coil ohms Replace the platform
(item S) and test the level up directional valve
coil (item S).
resistance of the valve
coil.

6 to 7 ohms

Exchange platform level function


up and down directional operates Replace the defective
valves (items S and U) directional valve.
and activate the platform
level up function.

function inoperative

Exchange platform level function


up and down operates Replace the defective
counterbalance valves counterbalance valve.
(items EE and FF) and
activate the platform
level up function.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 3000 Check for mechanical


(0 to 207 bar) pressure 2600 psi restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick or more platform level up
disconnect coupling on function from operating
the function manifold OR replace slave
and activate the platform cylinder OR replace
level up function. slave cylinder
counterbalance valves
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.
less than 2600 psi

Test master cylinder


(see Chart 16) OR
repair or replace slave
cylinder or slave
cylinder counterbalance
valves OR function
manifold may have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

5 - 52 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 22
Platform Level With the keyswitch With the keyswitch Repair open in org/blk
turned to ground control turned to ground control wire from TB15 to
Down Function and both Emergency and both Emergency
12V or
platform level down
more
Stop buttons pulled out Stop buttons pulled out directional valve coil
Inoperative to the ON position, move to the on position, move (item U) OR repair open
the function enable 0V the function enable in brown ground wire
Be sure all other switch to either side and switch to either side and circuit to valve coil.
functions operate activate the platform activate the platform
normally. level toggle switch TS16 level toggle switch TS16
in the down direction in the down direction
and check the voltage at and check the voltage at
org/blk wire on platform TB15.
level down function
directional valve
0V
(item U).

With the keyswitch Troubleshoot platform


turned to platform level toggle switches
control and both TS16 and TS7 on
Emergency Stop buttons ground and platform
pulled out to the on 0V control panels OR repair
position, activate the open in red power wire
footswitch and the circuit to TS16 and TS7
platform level toggle OR repair open in org/
switch TS7 in the down blk wire circuit from
direction and check the TS16 and TS7 to TB15
voltage at TB15. OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.
12V or more

Troubleshoot platform
level toggle switch TS16
on ground control panel
12V or more OR repair open in red
power wire circuit to
TS16 OR repair open in
org/blk wire circuit from
TS16 to TB15 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 53


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 22

Disconnect the wires 0 or


Continued from the from the platform level infinite
previous page. down directional valve ohms Replace the platform
coil (item U) and test the level down directional
valve coil (item U).
resistance of the valve
coil.

6 to 7 ohms

Exchange platform level function


down and up directional operates Replace the defective
valves (items U and S) directional valve.
and activate the platform
level down function.

function inoperative

Exchange platform level function


down and up operates Replace the defective
counterbalance valves counterbalance valve.
(items FF and EE) and
activate the platform
level down function.

function inoperative

Install a 0 to 3000 Check for mechanical


(0 to 207 bar) pressure 2600 psi restrictions keeping
gauge at the quick or more platform level down
disconnect coupling on function from operating
the function manifold OR replace slave
and activate the platform cylinder OR replace
level down function. slave cylinder
counterbalance valves
OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.
less than 2600 psi

Test master cylinder


(see Chart 16) OR
repair or replace slave
cylinder or slave
cylinder counterbalance
valves OR function
manifold may have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

5 - 54 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 23
Platform Rotate With the keyswitch Repair open in grn/wht
turned to ground control wire from TS14 to TB19
Left Function and both Emergency
0V
to TP19 OR test toggle
Stop buttons pulled out switch. See Repair
Inoperative to the ON position, move Section.
the function enable
Be sure all other switch to either side and
functions operate activate the platform
normally. rotate toggle switch
TS14 in the left direction
and check voltage at
grn/wht wire at TP19 at
the platform controls.

12V

With keyswitch turned to 0V Check voltage on center 0V Repair open in red


platform control and terminal of TS5. power wire circuit
both Emergency Stop through controllers and
buttons pulled out to the function toggle switches
on position, activate to TS5.
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the left direction and
check voltage at the grn/ 12V
wht wire at the jib delay
capacitor.

With keyswitch turned to 12V Repair open in grn/wht


platform control and wire from TP19 to jib
both Emergency Stop delay capacitor.
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the left direction and
check voltage at TP19.

12V 0V

Activate footswitch and 12V Repair open in grn/wht


platform rotate toggle wire from TS5 to TP19.
switch TS5 in the left
direction and check
voltage at the grn/wht
wire on TS5.

0V

Test toggle switch. See


Repair Section OR
replace platform rotate
Continued on the next toggle switch TS5.
page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 55


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 23

With keyswitch turned to Replace the jib delay


Continued from the platform control and capacitor OR repair
previous page. 0V
both Emergency Stop open in brown ground
buttons pulled out to the wire from capacitor to
on position, activate ground.
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the left direction and
check voltage at the red
wire at the jib delay
capacitor.

12V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in red wire


platform rotate toggle from jib delay capacitor
switch TS5 in the left to CR14.
direction and check
voltage on the red wire
at terminal #86 on
CR14.

12V

Activate footswitch and Replace relay CR14 OR


platform rotate toggle 0V repair open in power
switch TS5 in the left supply from P2 to CR14
direction and check OR repair open in brown
voltage on the red and ground wire to CR14.
black wires at terminal
#87 on CR14.

12V

Activate footswitch and Repair open in cable


platform rotate toggle 0V containing red and black
switch TS5 in the left wires from CR14 to jib
direction and check boom/platform rotate
voltage on the red and select valves.
black wires at the jib/
platform rotate select
valves (item AM).

12V 0 or
infinite
Test the resistance of ohms Replace defective valve
the valve coils. coil.

5.5 to 6.5
ohms

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 56 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 23

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
Continued from the
brown ground wires on ground wire circuit to
previous page.
valve coils to ground. valve coils.

continuity
function
Exchange jib boom/ operates Repair open in brown
platform rotate select ground wire circuit to
valves (item AM). valve coils.
Activate footswitch and
platform rotate left
function.

function inoperative

Repair or replace
platform rotator OR
0.030" orifice fittings in
jib manifold are plugged
OR jib manifold may
have an internal defect.
Consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 57


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 24
Platform Rotate With the keyswitch Repair open in grn/wht
turned to ground control wire from TS14 to TB19
Right Function and both Emergency
0V
to TP19 OR test toggle
Stop buttons pulled out switch. See Repair
Inoperative to the ON position, move Section.
the function enable
Be sure all other switch to either side and
functions operate activate the platform
normally. rotate toggle switch
TS14 in the right
direction and check
voltage at grn/wht wire
at TP19 at the platform
controls.

12V

With keyswitch turned to 0V Check voltage on center 0V Repair open in red


platform control and terminal of TS5. power wire circuit
both Emergency Stop through controllers and
buttons pulled out to the function toggle switches
on position, activate to TS5.
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the right direction and
check voltage at the grn/ 12V
wht wire at the jib delay
capacitor.

With keyswitch turned to 12V Repair open in grn/wht


platform control and wire from TP19 to jib
both Emergency Stop delay capacitor.
buttons pulled out to the
on position, activate
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the right direction and
check voltage at TP19.

12V 0V

Activate footswitch and 12V Repair open in grn/wht


platform rotate toggle wire from TS5 to TP19.
switch TS5 in the right
direction and check
voltage at the grn/wht
wire on TS5.

0V

Test toggle switch. See


Repair Section OR
Continued on the next replace platform rotate
page. toggle switch TS5.

5 - 58 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 24

With keyswitch turned to Replace the jib delay


Continued from the platform control and capacitor OR repair
previous page. 0V
both Emergency Stop open in brown ground
buttons pulled out to the wire from capacitor to
on position, activate ground.
footswitch and platform
rotate toggle switch TS5
in the right direction and
check voltage at the red
wire at the jib delay
capacitor.

12V

Activate footswitch and 0V Repair open in red wire


platform rotate toggle from jib delay capacitor
switch TS5 in the right to CR14.
direction and check
voltage on the red wire
at terminal #86 on
CR14.

12V

Activate footswitch and Replace relay CR14 OR


platform rotate toggle 0V repair open in power
switch TS5 in the right supply from P2 to CR14
direction and check OR repair open in brown
voltage on the red and ground wire to CR14.
black wires at terminal
#87 on CR14.

12V

Activate footswitch and Repair open in cable


platform rotate toggle 0V containing red and black
switch TS5 in the right wires from CR14 to jib
direction and check boom/platform rotate
voltage on the red and select valves.
black wires at the jib/
platform rotate select
valves (item AM).

12V 0 or
infinite
Test the resistance of ohms Replace defective valve
the valve coils. coil.

5.5 to 6.5
ohms

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 59


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 24

no
Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
Continued from the
brown ground wires on ground wire circuit to
previous page.
valve coils to ground. valve coils.

continuity
function
Exchange jib boom/ operates Repair open in brown
platform rotate select ground wire circuit to
valves (item AM). valve coils.
Activate footswitch and
platform rotate right
function.

function inoperative

Repair or replace
platform rotator OR
0.030" orifice fitting in jib
manifold are plugged
OR jib manifold may
have an internal defect.
Consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

5 - 60 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 25
Jib Boom Up With the keyswitch Move the function Repair open in grn wire
turned to ground control enable switch to either from TB17 to jib boom
Function and both Emergency side and activate the jib 12V up directional valve OR
0V
Stop buttons pulled out boom toggle switch repair open in brown
Inoperative, to the ON position, move TS15 in the up direction ground wire circuit to
S-65 Models the function enable and check voltage at directional valve.
switch to either side and TB17.
activate the jib boom
Be sure all other toggle switch TS15 in
0V
functions operate the up direction and
normally. check voltage at the grn
wire on the jib boom up Repair open in red
directional valve power wire circuit from
(item BB). keyswitch to TS15 OR
replace toggle switch
TS15.
12V

With the keyswitch Activate the footswitch 12V Repair open in grn wire
turned to platform 0V and the jib boom toggle from TP17 to TB17.
control and both switch TS6 in the up
Emergency Stop buttons direction and check
pulled out to the ON voltage at TP17.
position, activate the
footswitch and the jib
boom toggle switch TS6 0V
in the up direction and
check voltage at TB17.
With the keyswitch Repair open in grn wire
turned to platform 12V from TS6 to TP17 OR
control and both replace jib boom toggle
Emergency Stop buttons switch TS6.
pulled out to the ON
position, activate the
footswitch and check the
voltage on the center
terminal of the jib boom
toggle switch TS6.

0V
12V
Check the voltage at 0V Repair open in red wire
terminal #30 on CR13. from BP1 to CR13 OR
repair open in brown
ground wire circuit to
CR13.
12V

0V
Check the voltage at Replace CR13.
terminal #87a on CR13.

12V

Continued on the next Repair open in red wire


page. from terminal#87a on
CR13 to TS6 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 61


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 25

Activate footswitch and 12V


Continued from the jib boom toggle switch Replace CR13.
previous page. TS6 in the up direction
and check voltage on
the red and black wires
at the jib/platform rotate
select valves (item AM).

0V

Install a 0 to 5000 psi (0 Exchange jib boom/ function


to 345 bar) pressure 2500 psi platform rotate select operates
gauge at the quick or more valves (item AM). Replace defective valve.
disconnect coupling on Activate footswitch and
the function manifold jib boom up function.
and activate the jib
boom up function. function inoperative

Check for mechanical


restrictions keeping jib
boom up function from
operating OR repair or
replace jib boom
cylinder OR replace
counterbalance valve
OR 0.035" orifice may
less than 2500 psi be plugged OR jib
boom/platform rotate
select manifold has an
internal defect OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

function
Exchange jib boom operates Replace defective
counterbalance valves counterbalance valve.
and activate jib boom up
function.

function inoperative

Consult Genie Industries


Service Department.

5 - 62 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 26
Jib Boom Down With the keyswitch Move the function Repair open in grn/blk
turned to ground control enable switch to either wire from TB18 to jib
Function and both Emergency side and activate the jib 12V boom down directional
0V
Stop buttons pulled out boom toggle switch valve OR repair open in
Inoperative, to the ON position, move TS15 in the down brown ground wire
S-65 Models the function enable direction and check circuit to directional
switch to either side and voltage at TB18. valve.
activate the jib boom
Be sure all other toggle switch TS15 in
0V
functions operate the down direction and
normally. check voltage at the
grn/blk wire on the jib Repair open in red
boom down directional power wire circuit from
valve (item BB). keyswitch to TS15 OR
replace toggle switch
TS15.
12V

With the keyswitch Activate the footswitch 12V Repair open in grn/blk
turned to platform 0V and the jib boom toggle wire from TP18 to TB18.
control and both switch TS6 in the down
Emergency Stop buttons direction and check
pulled out to the ON voltage at TP18.
position, activate the
footswitch and the jib
boom toggle switch TS6 0V
in the down direction
and check voltage at
TB18. With the keyswitch Repair open in grn/blk
turned to platform 12V wire from TS6 to TP18
control and both OR replace jib boom
Emergency Stop buttons toggle switch TS6.
pulled out to the ON
position, activate the
footswitch and check the
voltage on the center
terminal of the jib boom
toggle switch TS6.

0V

12V Check the voltage at 0V Repair open in red wire


terminal #30 on CR13. from BP1 to CR13 OR
repair open in brown
ground wire circuit to
CR13.
12V

0V
Check the voltage at Replace CR13.
terminal #87a on CR13.

12V

Continued on the next Repair open in red wire


page. from terminal#87a on
CR13 to TS6 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 63


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 26

Activate footswitch and 12V


Continued from the jib boom toggle switch Replace CR13.
previous page. TS6 in the down
direction and check
voltage on the red and
black wires at the jib/
platform rotate select
valves (item AM).

0V

Install a 0 to 5000 psi (0 Exchange jib boom/


to 345 bar) pressure 2500 psi platform rotate select function
gauge at the quick or more valves (item AM). operates Replace defective valve.
disconnect coupling on Activate footswitch and
the function manifold jib boom down function.
and activate the jib
boom down function.
function inoperative

Check for mechanical


restrictions keeping jib
boom down function
from operating OR
repair or replace jib
boom cylinder OR
replace counterbalance
less than 2500 psi valve OR 0.035" orifice
may be plugged OR jib
boom/platform rotate
select manifold has an
internal defect OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

function
Exchange jib boom operates Replace defective
counterbalance valves counterbalance valve.
and activate jib boom
down function.

function inoperative

Consult Genie Industries


Service Department.

5 - 64 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 27
Oscillate Remove the chassis bad Re-adjust or replace
cover at the non-steer linkage.
Function end. Check the linkage
Inoperative for damage or improper
linkage adjustment. See
Repair section, 10-6
Be sure all other How to Set Up the
function operate Directional Valve
Linkage.
normally.
good

Install a 0 to 2000 psi Adjust the sequence


(0 to 138 bar) pressure less valve. See Repair
gauge at the quick than procedure 10-5, How to
disconnect coupling on 950 psi Adjust the Oscillate
the oscillate manifold. Sequencing Valve
Disconnect the oscillate Pressure OR consult
linkage from non-steer Genie Industries Service
axle. Start the engine Department.
and manually activate
the directional valve.
Check the pressure.

950 psi

Consult Genie Industries


Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 65


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 28
Steer Left With key switch in With key switch in 12V or Repair open in blu #36
platform position and platform position and more wire circuit from drive
Function both Emergency Stop both Emergency Stop controller (DP1) to TP36
buttons pulled out to the buttons pulled out to the then to TB36.
Inoperative ON position, activate 0V ON position, activate
footswitch and steer footswitch and steer
Be sure all other rocker switch on drive rocker switch on drive
functions operate controller (DP1) in left controller (DP1) in left
normally. direction and check direction and check
voltage on TB36. voltage at the controller
terminal with the blu
wire attached.

0V

Repair or replace steer


12V or more
microswitch on drive
controller. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

With key switch in Repair open in blu #36


platform position and 0V wire circuit that runs
both Emergency Stop from TB36 to steer left
buttons pulled out to the directional valve coil on
ON position, activate steer manifold.
footswitch and steer
rocker switch on drive
controller (DP1) in left
direction and check
voltage on blu #36 wire
on steer left directional
valve coil (item SS) on
steer manifold.

12V or more

Disconnect wires to 0 or Replace steer left


steer left directional infinite directional valve coil
valve coil (item SS) on ohms (item SS) OR repair
steer manifold and test open in brown ground
the resistance of the wire to steer left valve
valve coil. coil.

5 to 6 ohms

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 66 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 28

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI 2600 Check for mechanical


Continued from the (0 to 345 bar) pressure restrictions keeping
previous page. PSI or
gauge at the quick more steer left function from
disconnect coupling on operating OR repair or
the boom function replace steer cylinder
manifold and activate OR consult Genie
the steer left function. Industries Service
Department.
less than 2600 PSI

Repair or replace steer


cylinder OR steer
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 67


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 29
Steer Right With key switch in With key switch in 12V or Repair open in blu/blk
platform position and platform position and more #37 wire circuit from
Function both Emergency Stop both Emergency Stop drive controller (DP1) to
buttons pulled out to the buttons pulled out to the TP37 then to TB37.
Inoperative ON position, activate 0V ON position, activate
footswitch and steer footswitch and steer
Be sure all other rocker switch on drive rocker switch on drive
functions operate controller (DP1) in right controller (DP1) in right
direction and check direction and check
normally. voltage on TB37. voltage at the controller
terminal with the blu/blk
wire attached.

0V

Repair or replace steer


12V or more microswitch on drive
controller. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

With key switch in Repair open in blu/blk


platform position and 0V #37 wire circuit that runs
both Emergency Stop from TB37 to steer right
buttons pulled out to the directional valve coil on
ON position, activate steer manifold.
footswitch and steer
rocker switch on drive
controller (DP1) in right
direction and check
voltage on blu/blk #37
wire on steer right
directional valve coil
(item SS) on steer
manifold.

12V or more

Disconnect wires to 0 or Replace steer right


steer right directional infinite directional valve coil
valve coil (item SS) on ohms (item SS) OR repair
steer manifold and test open in brown ground
the resistance of the wire to steer right valve
valve coil. coil.

5 to 6 ohms

Continued on the next


page.

5 - 68 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 29

Install a 0 to 5000 PSI 2600 Check for mechanical


Continued from the (0 to 345 bar) pressure restrictions keeping
previous page. PSI or
gauge at the quick more steer right function from
disconnect coupling on operating OR repair or
the boom function replace steer cylinder
manifold and activate OR consult Genie
the steer right function. Industries Service
Department.
less than 2600 PSI

Repair or replace steer


cylinder OR steer
manifold could have an
internal defect. Consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 69


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 30
All Drive With the keyswitch less
turned to platform than Check continuity of Repair open in power
Functions control and both 12V brown ground wire from continuity supply circuit from TP24
Emergency Stop buttons terminal #3 on DP1 to to terminal #2 on drive
Inoperative, pulled out to the ON ground. joystick (DP1).
All Other position, activate the
footswitch and check the
no continuity
Functions voltage at terminal #2 on
the drive joystick (DP1).
Operate Repair open in brown
ground wire circuit from
Normally ground to DP1.
12V or more
Be sure the rpm toggle
switch is in the
less
footswitch activated With the keyswitch than Check continuity of Repair open in power
high idle position. turned to platform 12V brown ground wire from continuity supply circuit from TP24
control and both terminal #2 on the to terminal #1 on the
Emergency Stop buttons horsepower limiter horsepower limiter
Be sure the hydraulic pulled out to the ON circuit board to ground. circuit board.
tank shut off valves are position, activate the
in the OPEN position. footswitch and check the
voltage at terminal #1 on no continuity
the horsepower limiter
Be sure machine is circuit board. Repair open in brown
not in the free wheel ground wire circuit from
configuration. ground to the
horsepower limiter
circuit board.
12V or more

With the drive speed With the drive speed 7 to 8V Replace horsepower
selector toggle switch selector toggle switch limiter board.
(TS8) in the high (TS8) in the high
position, activate the 0V position, activate the
footswitch and hold the footswitch and check the
drive joystick in the full voltage at terminal #3 on
forward position and the horsepower limiter
check the voltage at board.
terminal #10 on the
horsepower limiter
0V
board.

With the drive speed Repair open in org/blk


selector toggle switch wire from alternator to
(TS8) in the high 7 to 8V TB41 to TP41 to
position, activate the terminal #3 on
footswitch and check the horsepower limiter
9 to 12V voltage on the org/blk board.
wire on the alterator.

0V

Repair or replace
Continued on the next alternator.
page.

5 - 70 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 30

Activate the footswitch Repair open in wire from


Continued from the and hold the drive terminal #10 on
previous page. 0V
joystick in the full horsepower limiter
forward position and board to terminal #6 on
check the voltage at drive joystick.
terminal #6 on the
joystick controller.

9 to 12V
no
Connect the positve 0V Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
lead from a voltmeter to terminal #3 on drive ground wire circuit from
terminal #4 on the joystick to ground. terminal #3 on drive
joystick and the negative joystick to ground.
lead to terminal #5 on
the joystick. Activate the continuity
footswitch and hold the
drive joystick in the full Replace drive joystick
forward position and controller OR consult
check the voltage Genie Industries Service
across the #4 and #5 Department.
terminals on the drive
joystick controller.

2V
no
Connect the positve 0V Check continuity from continuity Repair open in brown
lead from a voltmeter to terminal #3 on drive ground wire circuit from
terminal #5 on the joystick to ground. terminal #3 on drive
joystick and the negative joystick to ground.
lead to terminal #4 on continuity
the joystick. Activate the
footswitch and hold the
drive joystick in the full Replace drive joystick
reverse position and controller OR consult
check the voltage Genie Industries Service
across the #5 and #4 Department.
terminals on the drive
joystick controller.

2V

Continued on the next


page.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 71


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

CHART 30

Activate the footswitch With the footswitch Repair open in wht wire
Continued from the and hold the drive activated and the drive from terminal #4 on
previous page. joystick in the full joystick in the full drive joystick to TS9 to
forward position and 0V forward position, move 2V TP30 to TB30 through
check the voltage the drive enable toggle drive enable limit switch
across the wht #12 wire switch (TS9) to either (LS3) to TB12 to wht
and the wht/blk #31 wire side and check the #12 wire on EDC quick
on EDC. voltage across the wht disconnect plug.
#12 wire and the wht/blk
#31on EDC.

0V

With the footswitch 9 to 12V Repair open in blu/wht


activated and the drive wire from TS9 to TP12
joystick in the full to TB12.
forward position, move
the drive enable toggle
switch (TS9) to either
side and check the
voltage at the blu/wht
wire on TS9.

0V
2V
With the footswitch Repair open in wire from
activated and the drive terminal #4 from drive
joystick in the full 0V joystick DP1 OR replace
forward position, check drive joystick controller
the voltage on the OR consult Genie
center terminal of the Industries Service
drive enable toggle Department.
switch (TS9).

9 to 12V

Replace drive enable


toggle switch TS9.

Troubleshoot drive
forward and drive
reverse functions
separately OR replace
pump OR consult Genie
Industries Service
Department.

5 - 72 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 31
Drive Forward Disconnect the EDC voltage readings different Repair or replace the
wire connector from the drive controller.
Or Reverse drive pump, start
Function engine, move the drive
controller to full forward
Inoperative position and note the
voltage across terminals
TB30 and TB31.
Be sure all other Reverse the volt meter
functions operate leads and move the
normally including drive controller to full
reverse position and
drive in opposite note the voltage.
direction of
malfunction.
voltage readings
the same
0 or
infinite
ohms
Check the resistance of Replace the EDC.
the EDC.

20 to 24 ohms

Adjust the drive pump Defective Sundstrand


null (neutral). Consult no improvement drive pump, contact
Genie Industries Service Sundstrand authorized
Department. repair facility.

symptoms improve

Re-adjust drive joystick


controller OR if problem
still persists, consult
Genie Industries Service
Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 73


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 32
Traction Any type of traction
problem, consult Genie
Function Industries Service
Department.
Inoperative
Be sure all other
functions operate
normally.

5 - 74 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 33
Machine Will With the boom in the Check for correct wiring
stowed position, check continuity of limit switches
Not Drive At continuity from TB40 to (LS1 and LS2) OR
ground. repair or replace boom
Full Speed lift drive limit switch or
boom extend limit
Be sure all other switch.
functions operate no continuity
normally.

Be sure the machine is With the boom in the Repair short to ground
not raised above or stowed position, check in orange wire shorted
terminal #6 on continuity to ground from TB40 to
extended beyond the horsepower limiter TP40 to terminal #6 on
drive limit switches. board for continuity to horsepower limiter
ground. circuit board.
Be sure the boom drive
limit switch is clear of no continuity
any debris and is not
activated when the Re-adjust or replace
horsepower limiter
boom is in the stowed board OR check for
position. misalignment of limit
switches (LS1 and LS2)
Be sure that the boom OR consult Genie
Industries Service
extend drive limit switch Department.
arm is being held down
when the boom is
retracted.
Be sure the wiring to
limit switches is intact
and show no sign of
damage or corrosion.

Be sure the free-wheel


valve is closed on the
drive pump.

Be sure the drive speed


select switch is on high
range (machine on level
surface symbol).

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 75


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 34
Machine Drives Extend the boom past Replace horsepower
the drive limit switch and limiter board OR re-
At Full Speed check continuity from continuity adjust horsepower
ground to terminal #6 on limiter board OR consult
With Platform the horsepower limiter Genie Industries Service
Raised or board. Department.

Extended no continuity

Be sure boom drive limit Check continuity from continuity Repair open in org wire
switch is being activated ground to TB40. circuit from TB40 to
by the cam on the boom TP40 to terminal #6 on
horsepower limiter
when the boom is circuit board.
raised. no continuity

Be sure that the boom


extend drive limit switch Test limit switches. See Replace defective limit
bad
is not being held down procedure A-14 in the switch contact OR
Maintenance Section. replace limit switch.
or being activated when
the boom is extended.
good
Be sure the wiring to
Repair open from wht
limit switches is intact wires at TB40 to drive
and show no sign of limit switches (LS1 and
damage or corrosion. LS2), then from brown
ground wires to ground.

5 - 76 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

Chart 35
Drive Enable With keyswitch in With keyswitch in 0V Repair open in power
platform position and platform position and supply circuit from
System Is both Emergency Stop both Emergency Stop TP24.
buttons pulled out to the no buttons pulled out to the
Malfunctioning ON position and the ON position, activate
boom rotated between footswitch and drive
Be sure the boom is in the non-steer tires, controller in forward
the stowed position. activate footswitch and direction and check
drive controller in voltage at terminal #2 on
forward direction. Will drive controller (DP1).
unit drive?
12V or more

Repair open from


terminal #4 on DP1 to
center terminal on TS9
yes OR refer to Chart 30 OR
consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

With keyswitch in Hold the drive enable The machine is


platform position and switch (TS9) to either operating correctly. If
both Emergency Stop no side and activate the yes machine does not
buttons pulled out to the footswitch and drive operate properly,
ON position and the forward function. Will consult Genie Industries
boom rotated between unit drive? Service Department.
the steer end tires,
activate footswitch and
drive controller in no
forward direction. Will
unit drive? Repair open in blu/wht
wire from drive enable
toggle switch (TS9) to
TP12 to TB12 OR
replace drive enable
yes toggle switch (TS9).

Check for continuity continuity Activate limit switch by Replace drive enable
from TB30 to TB12. hand and check continuity limit switch contact OR
continuity from TB30 to replace drive enable
TB12. limit switch (LS3).
no continuity
no continuity

Repair open from TB30 Please begin


through red wire to LS3 troubleshooting from
then from LS3 through beginning of chart OR
blk wire to TB12. consult Genie Industries
Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 77


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

Chart 36
Auxiliary Lift the red auxiliary motor Install a 0 to 5000 psi Reconnect pressure
pump switch cover operates (0 to 345 bar) pressure 2500 psi line and check battery
Functions switch cover, hold gauge into the pressure condition. There is
auxiliary switch and port of the auxiliary possibly not enough
Inoperative listen for sound of pump and hold the battery capacity to
auxiliary pump motor auxiliary power toggle operate both aux. pump
Be sure all other operating. switch and note the and function valves.
functions operate pressure.
normally. less than
2500 psi
Be sure key switch
is in the appropriate Check for a positive good Repair or replace pump
position and the connection between OR relief valve is out of
electric motor and the adjustment. Consult
Emergency Stop pump by removing the Genie Industries Service
buttons are pulled pump from the motor, Department.
but leave all the hoses
out to the ON motor does connected. Visually
position. not operate check coupling
connection.
Be sure engine is
not running when bad
using auxiliary
power. Replace the auxiliary
power unit.
Note: Operating
auxiliary power with
the engine running bad
With the keyswitch 0V Test PR1. See Repair Replace PR1.
should immediately turned to ground control Procedure 8-5.
kill the engine. and both Emergency
Stop buttons pulled out
good
to the ON position,
activate the auxiliary
pump toggle switch and Activate the auxiliary 12V or
check the voltage on the pump toggle switch and more Repair open from TB27
red cable on the check the voltage at to PR1.
auxiliary power unit. TB27.

0V

Activate the auxiliary Repair open from


pump toggle switch and 0V keyswitch (KS1) to
check the voltage at the auxiliary toggle switch
center terminal of TS10. (TS10).
12V
12V or more

Repair open in red #27


wire from TS10 to TB27
OR replace TS10 OR
repair open in brown
ground wire to PR1.
Continued on the next
page.

5 - 78 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts

CHART 36

Check continuity from bad Replace negative cable


Continued from the negative terminal on from auxiliary pump to
previous page. auxiliary power unit to ground.
ground.

good

Replace auxiliary pump


motor.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 5 - 79


Section 5 - Troubleshooting Flow Charts Service Manual - Second Edition

This page intentionally left blank.

5 - 80 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Schematics
About This Section
There are two groups of schematics in this section.
An illustration legend precedes each group of
drawings.

Electrical Schematics

Observe and Obey: Electrocution hazard. Contact with


electrically charged circuits may
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be result in death or serious injury.
completed by a person trained and qualified on Remove all rings, watches and
the repair of this machine. other jewelry.
Immediately tag and remove from service a Hydraulic Schematics
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
Repair any machine damage or malfunction hydraulic oil can penetrate and
before operating the machine. burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
Before Troubleshooting: the oil pressure to dissipate
Read, understand and obey the safety rules gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt
and operating instructions printed in the or spray.
Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator's General Repair Process
Manual.
Be sure that all necessary tools and test
Malfunction Identify Troubleshoot
equipment are available and ready for use. discovered symptoms

problem
still exists

Return to Inspect Perform


service problem and test repair
solved

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6-1


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Electrical Components

Item Description Genie Manufacturer Manufacturer Qty


Part Number Part Number
BAT ................ Battery, 1000 CCA, 12V DC .. 30143 ........... Trojan ................................... C31XH-2 ........................ 1

BP1 ................ Joystick controller


Single axis, up/down .............. 24495 ........... OEM Controls ...................... EMS4M6883 .................. 1

BP2 ................ Joystick controller


Dual axis, Swing/extend ........ 40613 ........... OEM Controls ...................... EJS5M10089 ................. 1

CB1, CB2 ....... Circuit breaker ....................... 24018 ........... ETA ...................................... 45-700-IG1-P10 ............. 2

CR1 through
CR7 ................ Relay, SPDT, 12V DC ........... 34052 ........... Potter-Brumfield .................. VF4-15F11-CO5 ............ 6

CR13, 14,
17 and 18 ....... Relay, SPDT, 12V DC ........... 19274 ........... Potter-Brumfield .................. VF4-45F11-CO5 ............ 4

Diode .............. Diode, 6 amp, 200 PIV .......... 45782 ........... Motorola ............................... MOTMR752 ................. 43

DP1 ................ Joystick controller-Drive ........ 20424 ........... OEM Controls ...................... MCH1159AD1386 .......... 1

FB .................. Flashing beacon .................... 20189 ........... ECCO Electronic Controls ... 6400X ............................. 2

FS1 ................ Footswitch .............................. 13482 ........... Linemaster Switch Corp. ..... 632-S ............................. 1

G1 .................. Gauge - Voltage .................... 30789 ........... VDO ..................................... 332-502 .......................... 1

G2 .................. Gauge - Oil Pressure ............. 30786 ........... VDO ..................................... 350-516 .......................... 1

G3 .................. Gauge - Water Temp. ........... 30787 ........... VDO ..................................... 310-502 .......................... 1

H1 .................. Alarm, Warble tone ................ 19270 ........... Floyd Bell Inc. ...................... MW-09-616-Q ................ 1

H2 .................. Horn, 12V DC, 130 dB ........... 19145 ........... Sparton Engineered Prod. ... 7431A-24823-5 .............. 1

H3 .................. Alarm, intermittent ................. 18963 ........... Floyd Bell Inc. ...................... XB-09-630-Q .................. 1

H4 .................. Alarm, chime tone ................. 45462 ........... Floyd Bell Inc. ...................... CH-09-525-Q ................. 1

HM ................. Hourmeter .............................. 19506 ........... ENM Corporation ................. T40A4508 ...................... 1

KS1 ................ Contact - Keyswitch, N.O. ..... 45081 ........... Telemecanique .................... ZB2-BE101 .................... 2

L1 ................... LED - Red, 12V DC ............... 32335 ........... Arctolectric Corp. ................. LE177C39007 ................ 1

LS1, 2, 3 ........ Contact - Limit switch,


N.C.H.O. ................................ 19491 ........... Telemecanique .................... XESP2051 ..................... 3

Level sensor .. Level sensor, 4.5° .................. 44586 ........... Power Comp. of Midwest .... LS36 ............................... 1

This list continues on the next page.

6-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

Item Description Genie Manufacturer Manufacturer Qty


Part Number Part Number
P1, P2 ............ Contact, N.C. ......................... 29732 ........... Telemecanique .................... ZB2-BE102 .................... 4

P3 ................... Contact, N.O. ......................... 45081 ........... Telemecanique .................... ZB2-BE101 .................... 1

PR1 ................ Relay, 12V DC continuous .... 27155 ........... Stancor ................................ 70-902 ............................ 1

R1 .................. Resistor, 100Ω 25 watt .......... 27116 ........... Dale ..................................... RH25-100R-1% ............. 1
Resistor, 150Ω 25 watt .......... 34798 ........... Dale ..................................... RH25-150-1% ................ 1

R2 .................. Resistor, 10Ω 25 watt ............ 27287 ........... Dale ..................................... RH25-10R-1% ............... 1

TS1, TS10 ...... Toggle switch, DPST


2 position momentary ............ 13480 ........... Microswitch Control Inc. ...... 2NT1-8 ........................... 2

TS2, 6, 9, 11,
13, 15 ............. Toggle switch, SPDT
3 position momentary ............ 13037 ........... Microswitch Control Inc. ...... 1NT1-7 ........................... 6

TS3, 8,
12, 20 ............. Toggle switch, DPST
2 position maintained ............ 27378 ........... Microswitch Control Inc. ...... 2NT1-3 ........................... 4

TS4 ................ Toggle switch, DPDT


3 position maintained ............ 13038 ........... Microswitch Control Inc. ...... 2NT1-1 ........................... 1

TS5,7,14,16,
17,18, 19 ....... Toggle switch, DPDT
3 position momentary ............ 16397 ........... Microswitch Control Inc. ...... 2NT1-7 ........................... 7

VAC ................ Vacuum switch ...................... 22278 ........... Peterson Industrial .............. 1501-L ............................ 1

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6-3


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Electrical Symbols Legend

TB17
15AMP. DP1

WTS1 N.O.
BLK
1
2
Circuit breaker 3

GRN/BLK
ORG/BLK-1

4
5
Water temperature 6
7
switch 8

normally open
Wire color
with cable Single axis
number FS1
RED drive controller
BLK
Solenoid or Ground

WHT #51
relay coil supression Foot switch
TB20 circuit TR2 2
1 T
6
PLAT
3
KS1
RED-5

WHT-5
TILT
Terminal ALARM

TB=Terminal base GRND Time delay relay


TP=Terminal platform
Horn Key switch
NC NO
TS3

TP29 LS3

START
ENGINE
BLK-5

GRN-5

Quick disconnect L4 OP HORN P4 Toggle switch SPDT


terminal
Limit switch
Light
BLK #21 TB21
Horn button
normally open TS6
LS2
T-circuits connect NC

LEFT
RIGHT
at terminal
10

P1
Limit switch
normally closed Toggle switch DPDT
Resistor held open Emergency Stop
button BP2

T-circuits normally closed PWM


A
connect +
-
VAC X
R

Vacuum switch Single axis


CR4

Tilt sensor proportional


Connection
no terminal controller
Relay contact
OPS1 N.C.

normally open
1 START RELAY
2 TACHOMETER
3 START INPUT
Spark plug 4 AUX. ON
5 GROUND
PR4 BATTERY
6

Circuits crossing Oil pressure 7 KEY PWR.

no connection switch 8
9
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
normally closed 10 ENG. FAULT
Relay panel
contactor Ignition start
module
Glow plug BP1
Diode AUX.
1
PUMP D2 D1
2 A R
3
4 - +
5 + -
LS1 6 R A
NO 7 D1 D2
+
Auxiliary pump 8
9
10

Limit switch
normally open Horsepower Dual axis
-
held closed limiter board Ramp up and down
proportional controller
Battery

6-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Abbreviation Legend

LABEL DESCRIPTION
BAT ............. Battery
BP ............... Proportional controller
CB ............... Circuit breaker
CR ............... Control relay
DP ............... Drive proportional controller
FB ................ Flashing beacon
FS ................ Foot switch
G ................. Gauge
H .................. Horn or Alarm
HM ............... Hour meter
KS ............... Keyswitch
L .................. LED
LS ................ Limit switch
P .................. Power switch
PR ............... Power relay
R .................. Resistor
TB ................ Terminal base location
TP ................ Terminal platform location
TS ................ Toggle switch
VAC ............. Vacuum switch

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6-5


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

6-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual

Electrical Schematic- REV B


Gasoline/LPG Models
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N

6-7 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

REV B Electrical Schematic-


Gasoline/LPG Models
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6-8


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Ground Control Box Legend-


Gasoline/LPG Models

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6-9


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram-


Gasoline/LPG Models

6 - 10 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Platform Control Box Legend-


Gasoline/LPG Models

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 11


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram-


Gasoline/LPG Models

6 - 12 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual

Electrical Schematic-
Diesel Models
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N

6 - 13 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

Electrical Schematic-
Diesel Models
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 14


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Ground Control Box Legend-


Diesel Models

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 15


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram-


Diesel Models

6 - 16 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Platform Control Box Legend-


Diesel Models

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 17


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram-


Diesel Models

6 - 18 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Section 6 - Schematics Service Manual - Second Edition

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 19


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 6 - Schematics

Hydraulic Symbols Legend

Cylinder
Pressure gauge Solenoid operated 2 pos.,
4 way, directional valve
Differential
sensing valve

Accumulator
Filter
Solenoid operated 3 pos.,
4 way, directional valve (DO1)
0.035

Orifice with size Solenoid operated


proportional valve

2 pos., 3 way, shuttle valve


Fixed displacement
pump
Variable orifice
or shut-off valve

Flow regulator valve


Bi-directional, Check valve 3 pos., 4 way, directional valve
variable
displacement pump

Solenoid operated 2 pos.,


Relief valve 3 way, directional valve
Sequencing valve
Bi-directional motor

Priority
flow divider

Counterbalance valve
2-speed, Unloader valve
bi-directional motor

Pump prime mover


(engine or motor) Solenoid operated
dump valve Pilot operated flow
control valve Pressure compensating valve

6 - 20 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

2WD Hydraulic Schematic


Non-Oscillating Axle
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM PLATFORM ROTATE

SLAVE
1
TURNTABLE BOOM UP/DOWN
CYLINDER
X ROTATE

BOOM EXTENSION CYLINDER


X

.035” 1 PRIMARY SECONDARY


II JJ
AN
1200
BRAKE 2 SPEED .030”
AN
PSI 2
.030” HH
JIB BOOM
MANIFOLD MASTER
AM AM CYLINDER
.025”
TWO SPEED/ ACCUM.
BRAKE MANIFOLD 250 PSI
PR1 PR2 PL1 PL2 S1 S2 P1 P2
OPTIONAL
FUNCTION 3500
50
GENERATOR
MANIFOLD
FF PSI EE
3
290 PSI
D 2500
PSI
MEDIUM 2100 PSI
PSI F
PRESSURE Y Z GG
X Q
FILTER TEST P A B C E
BB S
3500 CC U
PSI AA I H G
PRESS.
GENERATOR 3.5
FUNCTION SELECT GPM 0.6 0.6
GPM N L K 4
E PUMP GPM DD T
R O M PRESS.
14 GPM. * S-60 Models = 2600 psi * PSI
S-65 Models = 2900 psi
DRIVE PUMP
V
W J 0.1
T1 GPM TANK
2500
PSI
OPTIONAL 25 SEC REG
OIL 3 3 PSI
COOLER
PSI PSI
5
M SECOND COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ADDED
1
AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 4862
RESERVOIR AUX. PUMP
RR

HYDRAULIC
ROTARY 6
COUPLER
STEER MANIFOLD

DRIVE
MANIFOLD

250
PSI

M7 VV
7
REAR
RIGHT
M5 YY

WW

M3 STEERING
.070” CYLINDER 8
REAR XX
LEFT
M1

CASE DRAINS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 21


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

2WD Hydraulic Schematic


Oscillating Axle
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM PLATFORM ROTATE

1
SLAVE TURNTABLE BOOM UP/DOWN
X
ROTATE
BOOM EXTENSION
CYLINDER
X

.035” 1 PRIMARY SECONDARY

II JJ
1200

BRAKE 2 SPEED .030”


PSI
2
.030”
JIB BOOM
T
MANIFOLD MASTER
CYLINDER HH
.025”
TWO SPEED/ ACCUM.
BRAKE MANIFOLD 250 PSI
P
PR1 PR2 PL1 PL2 S1 S2 P1 P2
OPTIONAL
FUNCTION 2500
50
MOTOR/GEN.
MANIFOLD
FF PSI EE 3
PSI D
290
PSI
MEDIUM 2100 2500
Y Z PSI F PSI
PRESSURE X GG
Q P
FILTER TEST BB A B C
E
S
3500 CC
PSI AA U I H
G
PRESS.
GENERATOR
FUNCTION SELECT
5.0
GPM
0.6
GPM
0.6
GPM N L K
4
E PUMP T
DD R O M PRESS.
14 GPM.
* S-60 Models = 2600 psi *PSI
S-65 Models = 2900 psi
DRIVE PUMP
W V J 0.1
T1 GPM TANK
2500
PSI
OPTIONAL 25 SEC REG
3 3 PSI
OIL PSI
COOLER
PSI
5
M SECOND COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ADDED
1
AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 4862
RESERVOIR AUX. PUMP
RR OSCILLATE CYLINDERS

3.5 gpm
HYDRAULIC UU
ROTARY
TT .025” SS
6
COUPLER
STEER MANIFOLD
OSCILLATE MANIFOLD
DRIVE
MANIFOLD
LL KK
P .052” P8
250 950
PSI PSI
M7 VV
NN
7
PP
A VALVE A CYL
REAR
RIGHT QQ

M5 YY B VALVE OO B CYL
WW
MM

XX
M3 STEERING
.070” 8
REAR
LEFT
M1

CASE DRAINS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 22


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

4WD Hydraulic Schematic


Non-Oscillating Axle
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

JIB BOOM PLATFORM ROTATE


1
SLAVE TURNTABLE
X ROTATE BOOM UP/DOWN
BOOM EXTENSION
CYLINDER
X

0.035” 1 PRIMARY SECONDARY


TWO SPEED/
BRAKE MANIFOLD JIB BOOM 0.030” II JJ
1200 1200
BRAKE 2 SPEED
MANIFOLD PSI PSI
0.030” HH 2
AM AM

T
MASTER
0.025”
ACCUM.
250 PSI
PLATFORM TURNTABLE
P LEVEL BOOM EXTEND RETRACT
PR1 PR2 PL1 PL2 S1 S2 P1 P2
OPTIONAL
MOTOR/GENERATOR FUNCTION 3500
EE PSI FF
50 MANIFOLD
290
PSI
D 3
2500
PSI MED. 2100 GG
PSI
PRESS. X Z Y F
PSI
P Q
FILTER TEST A B C E

BB

3500 CC S U
I H G
PSI PRESS. AA

GENERATOR 3.5
FUNCTION SELECT GPM 0.6 0.6 N L K
E PUMP GPM DD T GPM
R O M
14 GPM. W
*PSI
PRESS.
4
DRIVE PUMP 0.1
V J
GPM
T1 TANK
2500
PSI
OPTIONAL SEC REG
OIL 3
3 25
PSI PSI * 2600 PSI W/O JIB
COOLER PSI * 2900 PSI WITH JIB
SECOND COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ADDED
M 1
RESERVOIR AUXILIARY PUMP
AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 4862
5
SS

HYDRAULIC
ROTARY
COUPLER
STEER MANIFOLD
6
DRIVE
MANIFOLD A
T
250
PSI
B
AD
M7 M8
REAR AK

RIGHT FRONT
RIGHT
M5 M6 7

AC
AI AF
M3 M4 STEERING
.070” .052”
REAR AJ
FRONT
.070”
LEFT AH AG
LEFT
M1 M2

AE

AB
P AL

CASE DRAINS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 23


Service Manual Section 6 - Schematics

4WD Hydraulic Schematic


Oscillating Axle
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

JIB BOOM PLATFORM ROTATE


1
SLAVE TURNTABLE
BOOM UP/DOWN
X
ROTATE

BOOM EXTENSION
X

0.035” 1 PRIMARY SECONDARY


TWO SPEED/
BRAKE MANIFOLD 0.030” II JJ
1200
BRAKE 2 SPEED
PSI 2
0.030” HH
AM AM JIB BOOM
T MANIFOLD
MASTER
0.025”
ACCUM.
PLATFORM 250 PSI
LEVEL TURNTABLE BOOM
P
PR1 PR2 PL1 PL2 ROTATE S1 S2 P1 P2 EXTEND RETRACT
OPTIONAL
FUNCTION 3500
MOTOR/GEN.
50
PSI
MANIFOLD
EE PSI FF
3
D
290 2500
MED. 2100 GG PSI
PSI PSI
Z Y
PRESS. X P Q F

FILTER TEST A B C E

BB
CC S U
3500 5.0 I H G
PSI PRESS. GPM
GENERATOR
FUNCTION SELECT
AA
0.6 0.6 N L K
E PUMP
W
GPM DD
GPM T
R O M PRESS.
4
14 GPM. *
PSI
X

DRIVE PUMP
V J 0.1
T1 GPM TANK
2500
OPTIONAL PSI
SEC REG
OIL COOLER 3 3 25
PSI PSI PSI * 2600 W/O JIB
* 2900 WITH JIB
M 1
SECOND COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ADDED
AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 4862
5
RESERVOIR AUX. PUMP
SS

VV
3.5
HYDRAULIC 0.025”
GPM
ROTARY
COUPLER UU TT

STEER MANIFOLD 6
DRIVE
MANIFOLD A KK
LL 0.052”
T P P8
X
250 950
PSI NN
PSI
B
AD X
M7 M8
AK

REAR FRONT A VALVE OO


A CYL
RIGHT RIGHT MM QQ

M5 M6 B VALVE
PP
B CYL
7

AC
AI AF
M3 M4 STEERING
0.070” 0.052”
REAR FRONT
AJ 0.070”
LEFT AH AG LEFT
M1 M2

AE

AB
AL
P

CASE DRAINS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 6 - 24


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Repair Procedures
About This Section
Most of the procedures in this section should only
be performed by a trained service professional
in a suitably equipped workshop. Select the
appropriate repair procedure after troubleshooting
the problem.
Observe and Obey: Perform disassembly procedures to the point
where repairs can be completed. Then to
Repair procedures shall be completed by a
re-assemble, perform the disassembly steps in
person trained and qualified on the repair of this reverse order.
machine.
General Repair Process
Immediately tag and remove from service a
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction Malfunction Identify Troubleshoot
discovered symptoms
before operating the machine.

Before Repairs Start: problem


still exists
Read, understand and obey the safety rules
and operating instructions in the
Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Operator’s Manual. Return to Inspect Perform
service problem and test repair
Be sure that all necessary tools and parts are solved
available and ready for use.
Symbols Legend
Read each procedure completely and adhere
to the instructions. Attempting shortcuts may Indicates the presence of a hazard
produce hazardous conditions. that will cause death
or serious injury.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each
repair procedure with the machine in the Indicates the presence of a hazard
following configuration: that may cause death
or serious injury.
· Machine parked on a flat, level surface
· Boom in stowed position Indicates the presence of a hazard
that will or may cause serious
· Turntable rotated with the boom between personal injury or
the non-steering wheels damage to the machine.
· Turntable secured with the turntable
Indicates special operation or
rotation lock pin
maintenance information.
· Key switch in the OFF position with the
key removed Indicates that a specific result is expected
after performing a series of steps.
· Wheels chocked

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7-1


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Platform Controls
1-1 1 Check the battery condition with a volt meter.
The reading should be 12V DC or more to
Joystick Controllers accurately adjust the controller.

Maintaining joystick controllers at the proper 2 Turn the key switch to platform control and
settings is essential to safe machine operation. pull out the Emergency Stop button to the
Every joystick controller should operate smoothly ON position at both the ground and platform

and provide proportional speed control over its controls. Do not start the engine.
entire range of motion. 3 Open the platform control box lid and locate
the boom up/down controller.
a b
a b c d e f g h i j

a terminal "D2" directional output


b terminal "A" proportional output
f e d c
c terminal "-" ground
d terminal "+" positive
Platform control box e terminal "R" activates max-out range
a horsepower limiter board f terminal "D1" directional output
b terminals g ramp rate adjustable trimpot
c drive proportional controller h lo range adjustable trimpot
d extend/retract proportional controller i threshold adjustable trimpot
e boom proportional controller j hi range adjustable trimpot
f turntable rotate proportional controller
4 Set the preliminary ramp rate: Turn the trimpot
adjustment screw counterclockwise 15 turns or
until you hear a repeated click.
Boom Up/Down Controller
5 Connect the red(+) lead from a volt meter to
Adjustments the “A” terminal on the controller printed circuit
Do not adjust the joystick board. Connect the black(-) lead to ground.
controllers unless the static battery
6 Set the threshold: Press down the foot switch,
voltage is above
then slowly move the control handle off center
12V DC and the alternator
until the moment a voltage reading appears.
is operating properly with
Adjust the voltage to 3.5V DC. Turn the
13.6 to 14.5V DC output.
threshold trimpot adjustment screw clockwise to
Electrocution hazard. Contact increase the voltage or counterclockwise to
with electrically charged circuits decrease the voltage.
may result in death or serious
injury. Remove all rings, watches
and other jewelry.

7-2 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

PLATFORM CONTROLS

7 Set the hi range: Press down the foot switch, 16 Start a timer and simultaneously move the
then move the control handle all the way to control handle all the way to the UP position.
the UP position. Adjust the voltage to 8.5V DC. Note how long it takes to reach the maximum
Turn the max-out trimpot adjustment screw voltage recorded in step 14. This is the
clockwise to increase the voltage or ramp rate.
counterclockwise to decrease the voltage.
17 Set the ramp rate: turn the trimpot to obtain
8 Set the lo range: Press down the foot switch, a 3 to 4 second ramp speed. Turn the
then move the control handle all the way to the trimpot clockwise to increase the time or
DOWN position. Adjust the voltage counterclockwise to decrease the time.
to 6.2V DC. Turn the dual range trimpot
adjustment screw clockwise to increase the Boom up/down specifications
voltage or counterclockwise to decrease
the voltage. Threshold 3.5V DC
9 Start the engine and move the engine idle
Boom up - hi range 8.5V DC
control switch to foot switch activated high Cycle time 55 to 85 seconds
idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol). Lower
the boom to the stowed position. Boom down - lo range 6.2V DC
Engine should be at normal Cycle time 90 to 120 seconds
operating temperature.
Ramp rate 3 to 4 seconds
10 Start a timer and record how long it takes for
the boom to fully raise. Adjust the
max-out trimpot to achieve a 55 to 85 second
cycle time.
Turntable Rotation Controller
Adjustments
11 Start a timer and record how long it takes for
the boom to fully lower. Adjust the dual range Do not adjust the joystick
trimpot to achieve an 90 to 120 second cycle controllers unless the static battery
time. voltage is above
12V DC and the alternator is
If the function cycle time is not
operating properly with
achievable, check the relief valve
13.6 to 14.5V DC output.
pressure. See 10-2, Valve
Adjustments - Function Manifold. Electrocution hazard. Contact
with electrically charged circuits
12 Turn the engine off and re-connect the
may result in death or serious
volt meter.
injury. Remove all rings, watches
13 Pull out the Emergency Stop button to and other jewelry.
the ON position.
1 Check the battery condition with a volt meter.
14 Press down the foot switch and then move the The reading should be 12V DC or more to
control handle all the way to the UP position. accurately adjust the controller.
Record the maximum voltage reading.
2 Turn the key switch to platform control and
15 Start the engine. pull out the Emergency Stop button to
the ON position at both the ground and
platform controls. Do not start the engine.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7-3


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM CONTROLS

3 Open the platform control box lid and locate 7 Set the hi range: Press down the foot switch,
the turntable rotation controller. Refer to the fully retract the boom, then move the control
platform control box illustration, page 7-2. handle all the way to the left or right. Adjust the
voltage to 5.5V DC. Turn the max-out trimpot
adjustment screw clockwise to increase the
a b c d e f g h i j voltage or counterclockwise to decrease the
voltage.
8 Set the lo range: Press down the foot switch,
extend the boom 3 feet, then move the control
handle all the way to the left or right. Adjust the
voltage to 4.5V DC. Turn the lo range trimpot
adjustment screw clockwise to increase the
voltage or counterclockwise to decrease the
voltage.
9 Start the engine and move the engine idle
control switch to foot switch activated high idle
a terminal "D2" directional output (rabbit and foot switch symbol).
b terminal "A" proportional output
c terminal "-" ground Engine should be at normal
d terminal "+" positive operating temperature.
e terminal "R" activates max-out range
f terminal "D1" directional output 10 Fully retract the boom, then start a timer and
g ramp rate adjustable trimpot record how long it takes the turntable to rotate
h lo range adjustable trimpot through a complete circle. Adjust the max-out
i threshold adjustable trimpot
j hi range adjustable trimpot trimpot to achieve a 80 to 100 second cycle
time.
4 Set the preliminary ramp rate: Turn the trimpot
adjustment screw counterclockwise 15 turns or 11 Extend the boom, then start a timer and record
until you hear a repeated click. how long it takes the turntable to rotate through
a complete circle. Adjust the lo range trimpot to
5 Connect the red(+) lead from a volt meter to the achieve a 130 to 160 second cycle time.
“A” terminal on the controller printed circuit
board. Connect the black(-) lead to ground. 12 Turn the engine off and re-connect the
volt meter.
6 Set the threshold: Press down the foot switch,
then slowly move the control handle off center 13 Pull out the Emergency Stop button to
until the moment a voltage reading appears. the ON position.
Adjust the voltage to 3.5V DC. Turn the 14 Press down the foot switch and then move the
threshold trimpot adjustment screw clockwise to control handle all the way to the left or right.
increase the voltage or counterclockwise Record the maximum voltage reading.
to decrease the voltage.
15 Start the engine.

7-4 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

PLATFORM CONTROLS

16 Start a timer and simultaneously move the 3 Open the platform control box lid and locate
control handle all the way to the left or right. the boom extend/retract controller.
Note how long it takes to reach the maximum
voltage recorded in step 14. This is the
a b c d e f g h i j
ramp rate.
17 Set the ramp rate: Turn the trimpot to obtain
a 5 second ramp speed. Turn the trimpot
clockwise to increase the time or
counterclockwise to decrease the time.

Turntable rotation specifications

Threshold 3.5V DC

Turntable rotation - a ramp rate adjustable trimpot


hi range (boom retracted) 5.5V DC b dual (lo) range adjustable trimpot
c terminal "R", activates max-out range
Cycle time 80 to 100 seconds d terminal unused
lo range (boom extended) 4.5V DC e terminal "X", auxiliary
Cycle time 130 to 160 seconds f terminal "-", ground
g terminal "+", battery, positive
Ramp rate 5 seconds h terminal "A", proportional output
i threshold adjustable trimpot
j max-out adjustable trimpot

Boom Extend/Retract Controller 4 Set the preliminary ramp rate: Turn the trimpot
adjustment screw counterclockwise 15 turns or
Adjustments until you hear a repeated click.
Do not adjust the joystick 5 Connect the red(+) lead from a volt meter to
controllers unless the static battery the “A” terminal on the controller printed circuit
voltage is above board. Connect the black(-) lead to ground.
12V DC and the alternator
is operating properly with 6 Set the threshold: Press down the foot switch,
13.6 to 14.5V DC output. then slowly move the control handle off center
until the moment a voltage reading appears.
Electrocution hazard. Contact Adjust the voltage to 3.5V DC. Turn the
with electrically charged circuits threshold trimpot adjustment screw clockwise to
may result in death or serious increase the voltage or counterclockwise to
injury. Remove all rings, watches decrease the voltage.
and other jewelry.
7 Set the max-out: Press down the foot switch,
1 Check the battery condition with a volt meter. then move the control handle all the way to
The reading should be 12V DC or more to the EXTEND position. Adjust the voltage to
accurately adjust the controller. 9.75V DC. Turn the max-out trimpot adjustment
screw clockwise to increase the voltage or
2 Turn the key switch to platform control and
counterclockwise to decrease the voltage.
pull out the Emergency Stop button to the
ON position at both the ground and platform
controls. Do not start the engine.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7-5


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM CONTROLS

8 Set the dual (lo) range: Press down the foot Boom extend/retract specifications
switch, then move the control handle all the way
to the RETRACT position. Adjust the voltage Threshold 3.5V DC
to 9.2V DC. Turn the dual range trimpot
adjustment screw clockwise to increase the Boom extend - Max-out 9.75V DC
voltage or counterclockwise to decrease Cycle time 60 to 80 seconds
the voltage.
Boom retract - Dual (lo) range 9.2V DC
9 Start the engine and move the engine idle Cycle time 55 to 85 seconds
control switch to foot switch activated high
idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol). Lower Ramp rate 3 seconds
the boom to the stowed position.
Engine should be at normal
operating temperature.
10 Start a timer and record how long it takes for
the boom to fully extend. Adjust the 1-2
max-out trimpot to achieve a 60 to 80 second Horsepower Limiter Board
cycle time.
11 Start a timer and record how long it takes for The horsepower limiter board is responsible for
the boom to fully retract. Adjust the dual range governing drive pump output. It senses engine rpm
trimpot to achieve an 55 to 85 second cycle from the alternator. The horsepower limiter board
time. senses drops in rpm normally due to increased
drive resistance (rough terrain or incline), and
If the function cycle time is not decreases voltage to the drive controller which in
achievable, check the relief valve turn decreases voltage to the drive pump, thereby
pressure. See 10-2, Valve reducing pump output to maintain optimum engine
Adjustments - Function Manifold. rpm and horsepower. Three adjustments are
required for optimum performance.
12 Turn the engine off and re-connect the
volt meter.
How to Adjust the Horsepower
13 Pull out the Emergency Stop button to Limiter Board
the ON position.
The engine rpm must be
14 Press down the foot switch and then move the
correct before performing this
control handle all the way to the EXTEND position.
procedure. See Maintenance
Record the maximum voltage reading.
Procedure B-12, Check and
15 Start the engine. Adjust the Engine RPM.
16 Start a timer and simultaneously move the Do not adjust the horsepower
control handle all the way to the EXTEND position. limiter board unless the static
Note how long it takes to reach the maximum battery voltage is above 12V DC
voltage recorded in step 14. This is the ramp and the alternator is operating
speed. properly with 12.5 to 14.5V DC
output.
17 Set the ramp rate: turn the trimpot to obtain
a 3 second ramp speed. Turn the Gasoline/LPG models: Perform
trimpot clockwise to increase the time or this procedure in gasoline mode.
counterclockwise to decrease the time.

7-6 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

PLATFORM CONTROLS

1 Remove the fasteners from the platform 4 Start the engine from the platform controls.
control box lid.
5 Move the engine idle control switch to foot
2 Open the control box lid and locate the switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch
horsepower limiter board. symbol).
Electrocution hazard. Contact 6 Press down the foot switch and adjust the
with electrically charged circuits "A" potentiometer counterclockwise to increase
may result in death or serious voltage or clockwise to decrease voltage.
injury. Remove all rings, watches
and other jewelry. "A" potentiometer specifications - all models

a Voltage setting 10.5 to 11.5V DC

7 Move the engine idle control switch to low idle


(turtle symbol).
8 Press down the foot switch and then adjust
the "C" potentiometer to obtain a
0.01V DC to 0.03V DC voltage reading.
Platform control box 9 Move the engine idle control switch to foot
a horsepower limiter board
switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch
symbol).
3 Connect the black(-) lead from a DC volt meter
to the no. 2 terminal, and the red(+) lead to the 10 Press down the foot switch and re-adjust the
no. 10 terminal. "A" potentiometer to the previous voltage
setting in step 6.
11 Be sure that the boom is in the stowed position,
a
12V DC or greater then drive the machine and observe how the
ground b engine rpm reacts to drive control handle
engine rpm sensor
not used movement. If the engine surges or hunts, adjust
not used
low drive speed limit switch
the "C" potentiometer counterclockwise until
not used surging is minimized.
not used
not used Under an extreme load, an
output to drive controller
c excessive counterclockwise
adjustment to the "C"
Horsepower limiter board potentiometer will cause
a "A" potentiometer maximum voltage
the engine to stall. The "C"
output to the controller in the stowed potentiometer adjustment is a
position compromise between engine
stability (surging) and engine
b "B" potentiometer maximum voltage
output to the drive controller in the rpm droop.
boom raised position
12 Disconnect the volt meter.
c "C" potentiometer reaction rate or
how fast the voltage output reacts to
the change in engine rpm

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7-7


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM CONTROLS

13 Raise the boom above horizontal. 1-3


14 Drive the machine for 40 feet (12 m) and Foot Switch
record the elapsed time. Repeat this step in
the opposite drive direction.
How to Test the Foot Switch
15 Adjust the "B" potentiometer to obtain the
correct raised drive speed of 1 foot per second 1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position and
(0.31 m per second). Turn the "B" separate the wiring quick disconnect plug from
potentiometer counterclockwise to increase the platform toe board.
voltage or clockwise to decrease voltage. 2 Do not press down the foot switch. Connect the
16 Close the platform control box lid and install leads from an ohmmeter or continuity tester to
the fasteners. each wire combination listed below and check
for continuity.
Drive speed specifications
Test Desired result
Stowed position distance: 40 ft / 12 m
red to black continuity
2WD 4WD (zero Ω)
Gasoline/LPG models 40 ft/6.2 sec 40 ft/9.1 sec
12.2 m/6.2 sec 12.2 m/9.1 sec red to white no continuity
Deutz Diesel models 40 ft/6.8 sec 40 ft/9.1 sec (infinite Ω)
12.2 m/6.8 sec 12.2 m/9.1 sec
black to white no continuity
Boom raised or distance: 40 ft / 12 m
extended 1 foot per second
All models 30.5 cm per second Do not use the color of the
connector as a guide for these
tests. Use the actual wire color
to identify which wire to use for
testing.
3 Press down the foot switch. Connect the leads
from an ohmmeter or continuity tester to each
wire combination listed below and check for
continuity.

Test Desired result

red to black no continuity


(infinite Ω)

red to white no continuity

black to white continuity


(zero Ω)

7-8 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

PLATFORM CONTROLS

Left Center Right


1-4
Resistors
The resistors are used on 4WD machines to
maintain low range drive speed. The resistors are
located in the platform control box.

Refer to the schematic legends


1 3 1 3 1 3
for resistor locations and values. 2 2 2
Single pole
How to Test the Resistors double throw
(SPDT) 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position. 6 6 6
4 5 4 5 4 5

2 Disconnect either end of one of the wires Double pole


double throw
connected to the resistor to be tested. (DPDT)
3 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter to each 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

end or wiring of the resistor being tested.


Test Desired result
4 Compare the ohmmeter reading with the
resistance rating printed on the resistor. Left position

terminal 1 to 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 no continuity


(infinite Š)

1-5 terminal 2 to 3 continuity


(zero Š)
Toggle Switches
terminal 2 to 4, 5 & 6 no continuity
Toggle switches used for single function switching terminal 3 to 4, 5 & 6 no continuity
are single pole double throw (SPDT) switches.
Dual function switching requires a double pole terminal 4 to 5 & 6 no continuity
double throw (DPDT) switch. terminal 5 to 6 continuity
Center position There are no terminal combinations
How to Test a Toggle Switch that will produce continuity
Continuity is the equivalent of 0 to (infinite Š)
3 ohms. A simple continuity tester Right position
may not accurately test the switch.
terminal 1 to 2 continuity
This procedure covers fundamental switch testing (zero Š)
and does not specifically apply to all varieties of
terminal 1 to 3, 4, 5 & 6 no continuity
toggle switches.
(infinite Š)
1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Tag terminal 2 to 3, 4, 5 & 6 no continuity
and disconnect all wiring from the toggle switch
to be tested. terminal 3 to 4, 5 & 6 no continuity

2 Connect the leads of an ohmmeter to the switch terminal 4 to 5 continuity


terminals in the following combinations listed terminal 4 to 6 no continuity
below to check for continuity.
terminal 5 to 6 no continuity

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7-9


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM CONTROLS

1-6
Control Relays
Relays used for single function switching are single
pole double throw (SPDT) relays.

How to Test a Single Pole Double


Throw Relay terminal no. 87a - N.C.
Electrocution hazard. terminal no. 85 - ground
terminal no. 30 - common
Contact with electrically charged terminal no. 86 - coil
circuits may cause death or terminal no. 87 - N.O.
serious injury. Remove all rings,
watches and other jewelry.
Direct Connection Relay Control Relay Schematic - without resistor

1 Label and then disconnect all the wiring from


the relay to be tested.
2 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter or
continuity tester to each terminal combination
and check for continuity. Terminals 85 and 86
represent the coil and should not be tested in
any other combination.

Test Desired result

terminal 85 to 86 without resistor 85 to 95Ω

terminal 85 to 86 with resistor 75 to 85Ω

terminal 87 to 87a & 30 no continuity


(infinite Ω) Control Relay Schematic - with resistor

terminal 87a to 30 continuity


(zero Ω)

3 Connect 12V DC to terminal 85 and a ground


wire to terminal 86, then test the following
terminal combinations.

Test Desired result

terminal 87 to 87a & 30 no continuity


(infinite Ω)

terminal 87 to 30 continuity
(zero Ω)

7 - 10 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Platform Components
2-1 2-2
Platform Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder

How to Remove the Platform The slave cylinder and the rotator pivot are the
two primary supports for the platform. The slave
1 Separate the foot switch quick disconnect plug. cylinder keeps the platform level through the
entire range of boom motion. It operates in a
2 Support the platform support weldment with a
closed-circuit hydraulic loop with the master
appropriate lifting device.
cylinder. The slave cylinder is equipped with
3 Open the platform control box and remove the counterbalance valves to prevent movement in
platform control box mounting fasteners. Then the event of a hydraulic line failure.
lower the control box and set it aside.
How to Remove the Platform
If your machine is equipped with
an airline to platform option, the Leveling Slave Cylinder
airline must be disconnected from
Before cylinder removal is
the platform before removal.
considered, bleed the slave
4 Remove the platform mounting fasteners and cylinder to be sure there is no
remove the platform from the machine. air in the closed loop.
Crushing hazard. The platform When removing a hose assembly
may become unstable and fall if it or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
is not properly supported. and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications.
1 Extend the boom until the slave cylinder
barrel-end pivot pin is accessible.
2 Raise the boom slightly and place blocks under
the platform.
3 Lower the boom until the platform is resting on
the blocks just enough to support the platform.
Do not rest the entire weight of the
boom on the blocks.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 11


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM COMPONENTS

4 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses 2-3


from the slave cylinder at the union located
near the platform rotate counterbalance valve Platform Rotator
manifold and connect them together using a
connector. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. The platform rotator is a hydraulically activated
helical gear assembly used to rotate the platform
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying 160 degrees.
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic How to Remove the
connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
Platform Rotator
gradually. Do not allow oil to Component damage hazard. Mark
squirt or spray. the platform mounting weldment
5 Pull the slave cylinder hoses through the and the rotator flange before
platform rotator. removing the platform mounting
weldment. The platform mounting
6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from weldment must be replaced in the
the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do not exact same position on the rotator
remove the pin. flange as it was before removal. If
7 Remove the external retaining ring from the a new rotator is installed or the
barrel-end pivot pin. rotator is disassembled, proper
alignment can be achieved by
8 Use a soft metal drift to drive the rod-end pivot rotating the rotator all the way to
pin out. the left and then installing the
platform mounting weldment all
9 Use a soft metal drift and drive the barrel-end
the way in the left position.
pin out.
When removing a hose assembly
10 Carefully pull the cylinder out of the boom.
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
Component damage hazard. and/or hose end must be replaced
Hoses can be damaged if they are and then torqued to specification
kinked or pinched. during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications.

How to Bleed the Slave Cylinder 1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,
How to Remove the Platform.
Do not start the engine. Use
auxiliary power for all machine
functions in this procedure.
1 Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
2 Move the platform level switch up and down
through two platform leveling cycles to remove
any air that might be in the system.

7 - 12 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

PLATFORM COMPONENTS

2 S-60 models: Tag, disconnect and plug the 8 Use a soft metal drift to drive both pins out, then
hydraulic hoses from the platform rotator remove the platform rotator from the machine.
manifold. Cap the fittings on the rotator.
Crushing hazard. The platform
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying rotator may become unbalanced
hydraulic oil can penetrate and and fall if it is not properly
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic supported.
connections very slowly to allow
S-65 Models:
the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt 6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jib
or spray. boom and jib boom leveling arms to platform
S-65 models: Tag, disconnect and plug the rotator pivot pins. Do not remove the pins.
hydraulic hoses from the "V1" and "V2" ports on 7 Support the jib boom and leveling arms.
platform rotator manifold. Cap the fittings on the
manifold. 8 Use a soft metal drift to drive both pins out, then
remove the platform rotator from the machine.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and Crushing hazard. The platform
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic rotator may become unbalanced
connections very slowly to allow and fall if it is not properly
the oil pressure to dissipate supported.
gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt
or spray.
3 Support the platform mounting weldment, but do
not apply any lifting pressure.
4 Remove the six mounting bolts from the
platform mounting weldment, then remove the
center bolt and slide the platform mounting
weldment off of the platform rotator.
Crushing hazard. The platform
mounting weldment may become
unbalanced and fall if it is not
properly supported.
5 Support the platform rotator. Do not apply
any lifting pressure.
S-60 Models:

6 Support the rod end of the platform leveling


slave cylinder.
7 Remove the pin retainer from the slave cylinder
rod-end pivot pin and the rotator pivot pin.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 13


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

PLATFORM COMPONENTS

How to Bleed the Platform 4 Move the function enable toggle switch to either
side and activate and hold the platform rotate
Rotator switch to the LEFT position until the platform is
Do not start the engine. Use fully rotated. Continue holding the switch until
auxiliary power for all machine air stops coming out of the bleed valve. Then
functions in this procedure. close
the bleed valve.
1 Move the function enable toggle switch to either
side and activate the platform rotate toggle Crushing hazard. Keep clear of
switch to the right then the left through two the platform during rotation.
platform rotation cycles, then hold the switch to 5 Connect the clear hose to the bottom bleed
the RIGHT position until the platform is fully valve and open the valve. Do not remove the
rotated to the right. bleed valve.
2 Connect a clear hose to the top bleed valve. 6 Move the function enable toggle switch to either
Place the other end of the hose in a container side and activate and hold the platform rotate
to collect any drainage. Secure the container to switch to the RIGHT position until the platform is
the boom. fully rotated. Continue holding the switch until
3 Open the top bleed valve on the rotator, but do air stops coming out of the bleed valve. Then
not remove it. close the bleed valve.
a Crushing hazard. Keep clear of
the platform during rotation.
7 Remove the hose from the bleed valve and
clean up any hydraulic oil that may have spilled.
8 Rotate the platform full right then left and
inspect the bleed valves for leaks.

d c b

a top bleed valve


b bottom bleed valve
c clear hose
d container

7 - 14 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Jib Boom Components, S-65 Models


3-1 9 Tag, disconnect and plug all the hydraulic
hoses from the jib boom manifold.
Jib Boom, S-65 Models
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
How to Remove the Jib Boom burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
Perform this procedure with the connections very slowly to allow
boom in the stowed position. the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
When removing a hose assembly squirt or spray.
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced 10 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to
and then torqued to specification the jib boom.
during installation. 11 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic boom pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove
Hose and Fitting Torque the pin, then remove the jib boom from the
Specifications. primary boom.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, Crushing hazard. If the overhead
How to Remove the Platform. crane is not properly attached, the
2 Remove the platform mounting weldment jib boom may become unbalanced
and the platform rotator. See 2-3, How to and fall when it is removed from
Remove the Platform Rotator. the machine.

3 Remove the cable tray from the side of the 12 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib
jib boom. boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do not
remove the pin.
4 Support the jib boom with a lifting device.
13 Slide both of the jib boom leveling arms off of
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom lift the jib boom pivot pin.
cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
cylinder. 14 Support the rod end of the jib boom lift cylinder
with a lifting device.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and 15 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom lift
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic cylinder rod-end pivot pin, then remove the jib
connections very slowly to allow boom lift cylinder from the jib boom mounting
the oil pressure to dissipate weldment.
gradually. Do not allow oil to Crushing hazard. If the overhead
squirt or spray. crane is not properly attached, the
6 Support the barrel end of the cylinder with a jib boom lift cylinder may become
lifting device. unbalanced and fall when it is
removed from the machine.
7 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib
boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin.
8 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin and lay
the cylinder onto the ground.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 15


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

JIB BOOM COMPONENTS, S-65 MODELS

3-2 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom lift


cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
Jib Boom Lift Cylinder, cylinder.
S-65 Models Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
How to Remove the Jib Boom burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
Lift Cylinder connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
Perform this procedure with the gradually. Do not allow oil to
boom in the stowed position. squirt or spray.
When removing a hose assembly 3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jib
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do not
and/or hose end must be replaced remove the pin.
and then torqued to specification
during installation. 4 Use a soft metal drift to tap the jib boom lift
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic cylinder rod-end pivot pin half way out. Then
Hose and Fitting Torque lower one of the leveling arms to the ground.
Specifications. Tap the pin the other direction and lower the
opposite leveling arm. Do not remove the pin.
1 Raise the jib boom slightly and place blocks
under the platform mounting weldment. Then 5 Support the jib boom lift cylinder with a lifting
lower the jib boom until the platform is resting device.
on the blocks just enough to support the
6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib
platform.
boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Use a
Do not rest the entire weight of the soft metal drift to remove the barrel-end pin.
boom on the blocks.
7 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom lift
cylinder rod-end pin. Remove the cylinder from
the machine.
Crushing hazard. The jib boom lift
cylinder may become unbalanced
and fall when it is removed from
the machine if it is not properly
supported.

7 - 16 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

JIB BOOM COMPONENTS, S-65 MODELS

3-3
Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold Components, S-65 Models
1 2 position 3 way valve ....................... AM ........ Platform rotate/ jib boom select .......... 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm

Plug Torque Specifications


Description Hex Size Torque

SAE No. 2 1/ 8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm

How to Check the Resistance


of a Valve Coil
1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position and
disconnect the wires from the valve coil to
be tested.
2 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter to the
valve coil terminals.

1 1
Valve coil specification

2 position 3 way valve 5.9Ω


AM
(schematic item AM)

AM

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 17


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Boom Components
4-1 4 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses
from the platform leveling cylinder at the union
Boom Cable Track and connect the hoses from the cylinder
together using a connector.
The boom cable track guides cables and hoses
running up the boom. It can be repaired link by link Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
without removing the cables and hoses that run hydraulic oil can penetrate and
through it. Removing the entire boom cable track is burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
necessary when performing major repairs that connections very slowly to allow
involve removing the boom. the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
How to Remove the Boom squirt or spray.
Cable Track 5 S-65 Models: Remove the hose and cable
cover from the side of the jib boom.
When removing a hose assembly
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting 6 S-65 Models: Remove the jib/rotate manifold
and/or hose end must be replaced mounting fasteners. Do not disconnect any of
and then torqued to specification the hoses.
during installation. 7 S-65 Models: Tag, disconnect and plug the
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic hydraulic hoses from the jib boom lift cylinder.
Hose and Fitting Torque Cap the fittings on the cylinder.
Specifications.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
1 Open the platform control box and remove the
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
platform control box mounting fasteners.
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
2 Separate the footswitch quick disconnect then connections very slowly to allow
lower the platform control box and lay it off to the oil pressure to dissipate
the side. gradually. Do not allow oil to
squirt or spray.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses
from the "V1" and "V2" ports on the 8 Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
counterbalance valve manifold located near the
9 Remove the fasteners from the drive speed limit
platform rotator. Cap the fittings on the
switch mounted on the side of the cable track at
manifold.
the pivot end of the boom. Do not disconnect
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying the wiring.
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
10 Remove the fasteners from the side panel on
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
the lower cable track, then remove the panel.
connections very slowly to allow
Pull all of the cables out of the channel.
the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to 11 Place blocks in between the upper and lower
squirt or spray. cable tracks and secure the upper and lower
tracks together.
Crushing hazard. If the upper and
lower cable tracks are not properly
secured together, the cable track
may become unbalanced and fall
when it is removed from the
machine.

7 - 18 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

BOOM COMPONENTS

12 Remove the mounting fasteners from the large 3 Drill out the 4 spot welds on each side of the
cable track guide at the platform end of the cable track using a 17/64" drill bit. Repeat this
cable track. Remove the guide. step for the other end of the 4 link section of
cable track.
13 Remove the hose and cable clamp at the
platform end of the cable track. Component damage hazard.
Cables and hoses can be
14 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to
damaged if the drill bit comes in
the cable track.
contact with them. Protect the
15 Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin from the hoses and cables with a block of
upper cable track at the platform end. wood to prevent drilling into the
hoses and cables.
16 Remove the cable track mounting fasteners that
attach the lower cable track to the boom. 4 Remove the retaining fasteners from upper
black rollers from the 4 link section of cable
17 Remove the cable track from the machine and track to be replaced. Remove the rollers.
place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
5 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefully
Crushing hazard. The cable track remove the damaged 4 link section of cable
may become unbalanced and fall track.
if it is not properly attached to the
overhead crane. Component damage hazard.
Hoses and cables can be
Component damage hazard. damaged if they are kinked or
Cables and hoses can be pinched.
damaged if they are kinked or
pinched. 6 Remove the upper rollers from the replacement
section of cable track.
How to Repair the Boom
7 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefully insert
Cable Track the new 4 link section of cable track.
Component damage hazard. Component damage hazard.
The boom cable track can be Hoses and cables can be
damaged if it is twisted. damaged if they are kinked or
pinched.
A cable track repair kit is available
through the Genie Industries 8 Connect the ends of the replacement cable
Service Parts Department, track section to the existing cable track using
Part no. 46677. The kit includes a the fasteners provided in the kit. Do not
4 link section of cable track, overtighten the fasteners.
fasteners, other miscellaneous
parts and detailed instructions. Component damage hazard.
Over tightening the fasteners will
1 Remove the boom cable track. See 4-1, How to result in the cable track not
Remove the Boom Cable Track. rotating and may bind during
operation.
2 Visually inspect the cable track and determine
which 4 link section needs to be replaced. Be sure that the fasteners are
installed from the inside out so the
nuts are on the outside of the
cable track.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 19


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

BOOM COMPONENTS

9 Install the black rollers onto the new section of How to Remove the Boom
cable track.
This procedure requires specific
10 Install cable track onto the machine and operate repair skills, lifting equipment and
the boom/extend function fully to ensure a suitable workshop. Attempting
smooth operation of the new section of cable this procedure without these skills
track. and tools may cause death or
serious injury and significant
component damage. Dealer
service is strongly recommended.
4-2
Boom Perform this procedure with the
boom in the stowed position.

How to Shim the Boom When removing a hose assembly


or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
1 Measure each top wear pad. and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
Replace the pad if it is less than
9/16 inch (14.3 mm) thick. If the during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
pad is more than 9/16 inch
Hose and Fitting Torque
(14.3 mm) thick, perform the
Specifications.
following procedure.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,
2 Measure each bottom and side wear pad.
How to Remove the Platform.
Replace the pad if it is less than
11/16 inch (17.5 mm) thick. If the 2 Remove the platform rotator and leveling slave
cylinder. See 2-3, How to Remove the Platform
pad is more than 11/16 inch
Rotator.
(17.5 mm) thick, perform the
following procedure. S-65 Models: Remove the jib boom. See 3-1,
3 Extend the boom until the wear pads are How to Remove the Jib Boom.
accessible. 3 Remove the mounting fasteners from the jib
4 Loosen the wear pad mounting fasteners. boom/jib rotate valve manifold on the end of the
boom. Then remove the manifold and set it
5 Install the new shims under the wear pad to aside.
obtain zero clearance and zero drag.
4 Remove the fasteners from the drive speed limit
6 Tighten the mounting fasteners. switch mounted on the side of the cable track.
Do not disconnect the wiring.
7 Extend and retract the boom through an entire
cycle. Check for tight spots that may cause 5 Support the cable track with an overhead crane.
binding or scraping of the boom.
6 Remove the hose/cable clamp from the pivot
Always maintain squareness end of the boom.
between the outer and inner boom
7 Remove the hose and cable clamp at the
tubes.
platform end of the cable track.
8 Remove the fasteners from the large cable
track guide at the platfrom end of the cable
track. Remove the guide.

7 - 20 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

BOOM COMPONENTS

9 Remove the cotter pin from the clevis pin at the 18 Use the crane to lift the boom to a horizontal
platform end of the cable track and remove the position.
clevis pin.
19 Place support blocks under the lift cylinder,
10 Remove the fasteners from the side panel on across the turntable.
the cable track to access the cable track
20 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the
mounting fasteners.
boom lift cylinder rod-end pin. Use a soft metal
11 Remove the cable track mounting fasteners, drift to remove the pin.
then remove the cable track from the
Crushing hazard. The boom lift
boom and lay it off to the side.
cylinder will fall unless it is
Component damage hazard. properly supported.
The boom cable track
21 Lower the rod end of the lift cylinder onto
can be damaged if it is twisted.
support blocks. Protect the cylinder rod from
Component damage hazard. damage.
Hoses can be damaged if they are
22 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the
kinked or pinched.
boom pivot pin.
12 Remove the turntable end cover.
23 Remove the boom pivot pin with a soft metal
13 Remove the retaining fastener from the master drift, then carefully remove the boom from the
cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift machine.
to remove the pin. Pull the cylinder back and
Crushing hazard. If the overhead
secure it from moving.
crane is not properly attached,
Component damage hazard. the boom may become
When pulling the master cylinder unbalanced and fall when it is
back, be sure not to damage the removed from the machine.
master cylinder hoses or fittings.
How to Disassemble the Boom
14 Remove the fasteners from the drive speed limit
switch mounted to the turntable riser at the Complete disassembly of the
pivot end of the boom. Do not disconnect the boom is only necessary
wiring. if the outer or inner boom tubes
must be replaced. The extension
15 Tag, disconnect and plug the extension cylinder cylinder can be removed without
hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the completely disassembling the
cylinder. boom. See 4-4, How to Remove
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying the Extension Cylinder.
hydraulic oil can penetrate and 1 Remove the boom. See 4-2,
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic How to Remove the Boom.
connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate 2 Place blocks under the extension cylinder for
gradually. Do not allow oil to support.
squirt or spray.
3 Remove the external snap rings from the
16 Attach an overhead 5 ton (4536 kg) crane to the extension cylinder barrel-end pivot pin at the
center point of the boom. base of the number 1 boom tube. Use a soft
metal drift to remove the pin.
17 Attach a similar lifting device to the lift cylinder.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 21


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

BOOM COMPONENTS

4 Remove and label the wear pads from the top 12 Support and slide the number 3 boom tube out
side of the number 1 boom tube at the platform of the number 2 boom tube. Place the number 3
end of the boom. boom tube on blocks for support.
Pay careful attention to the Crushing hazard. The number 3
location and amount of shims boom tube may become
used with each wear pad. unbalanced and fall when it is
removed from the number 2 boom
5 Remove the two wear pad stop bolts from each
tube if it is not properly supported.
side of the number 1 boom tube (located on the
outside). During removal, the overhead
crane strap will need to be
6 Support the number 2 and 3 boom tubes with a
carefully adjusted for proper
lifting strap attached to an overhead crane at
balancing.
the platform end of the boom.
13 Remove the external snap rings from the
7 Support and slide the number 2 and 3 boom
extension cylinder rod-end pivot pin at the
tubes out of the number 1 boom tube. Place the
platform end of the number 3 boom tube. Use a
2 and 3 boom tubes on blocks for support.
soft metal drift to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The number 2
14 Support and slide the extension cylinder out of
and 3 boom tubes may become
the base end of the number 3 boom tube. Place
unbalanced and fall when they are
the extension cylinder on blocks for support.
removed from the number 1 boom
tube if they are not properly Crushing hazard. The extension
supported. cylinder may become unbalanced
and fall when it is removed from
During removal, the overhead
the number 3 boom tube if it is not
crane strap will need to be
properly supported.
carefully adjusted for proper
balancing. During removal, the overhead
crane strap will need to be
8 Remove and label the wear pads from the top
carefully adjusted for proper
side of the number 2 boom tube at the platform
balancing.
end of the boom.
15 Remove and label the wear pads from the
9 Remove the trunnion cap mounting fasteners at
extension cylinder.
the base of the number 2 boom tube. Then use
a slide hammer to remove the trunnion caps. Pay careful attention to the
location of each wear pad.
10 Carefully rotate the the base end of the
extension cylinder until the pin mounting bore is
in a vertical position.
11 Support the number 3 boom tube with a lifting
strap attached to an overhead crane at the
platform end of the boom.

7 - 22 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

BOOM COMPONENTS

4-3 5 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom lift cylinder


hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
Boom Lift Cylinder cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
How to Remove the Boom hydraulic oil can penetrate and
Lift Cylinder burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
This procedure requires specific the oil pressure to dissipate
repair skills, lifting equipment and gradually. Do not allow oil to
a suitable workshop. Attempting squirt or spray.
this procedure without these skills
and tools may result in death or 6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the lift
serious injury and significant cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift
component damage. Dealer to remove the pin, then lower the lift cylinder
service is strongly recommended. onto the blocks. Protect the cylinder rod from
damage.
When removing a hose assembly
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting Crushing hazard. The lift cylinder
and/or hose end must be replaced may become unbalanced and fall
and then torqued to specification if it is not properly supported.
during installation.
7 Remove the mounting fasteners from the barrel-
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
end cylinder pin retaining plates.
Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications. 8 With the lift cylinder being supported by the
1 Raise the boom until the boom is horizontal. overhead crane, pull the cylinder toward the
platform until it is out.
2 Place support blocks under the cylinder across
the turntable. Crushing hazard. The lift cylinder
may become unbalanced and fall
3 Attach an overhead 5 ton (4536 kg) crane to the if it is not properly supported.
boom. Do not lift the boom.
Component damage hazard. The
4 Support the rod end of the boom lift cylinder cables and hydraulic hoses can be
with an overhead crane or similar lifting device. damaged if the lift cylinder is
Crushing hazard. If the overhead pulled across them.
crane is not properly attached,
the lift cylinder may become
unbalanced and fall when it is
disconnected from the machine.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 23


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

BOOM COMPONENTS

4-4 6 Remove the turntable end cover.


Extension Cylinders 7 Tag, disconnect and plug the extension cylinder
hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
The extension cylinder consists of two cylinders cylinder.
that are fastened together. The first cylinder Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
extends and retracts the number 2 boom tube. The hydraulic oil can penetrate and
second cylinder extends and retracts the number 3 burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
boom tube.The extension cylinders are equipped connections very slowly to allow
with counterbalance valves to prevent movement the oil pressure to dissipate
in the event of a hydraulic line failure. gradually. Do not allow oil to
squirt or spray.
How to Remove the
8 Remove the trunnion pin covers from both sides
Extension Cylinders of the number 1 boom tube at the pivot end of
This procedure requires specific the boom.
repair skills, lifting equipment and 9 Remove the trunnion pin retaining fastener and
a suitable workshop. Attempting use a slide hammer to remove the pins.
this procedure without these skills
and tools may cause death or 10 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from both
serious injury and significant sides of the extension cylinder at the pivot end
component damage. Dealer of the boom.
service is strongly recommended.
11 Use a slide hammer to remove the pins.
When removing a hose assembly
12 Support and slide the extension cylinder out of
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
the pivot end of the boom.
and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification Crushing hazard. The extension
during installation. cylinder will fall when it is removed
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic from the extension boom if it is not
Hose and Fitting Torque properly supported.
Specifications.
Note the length of the cylinder
1 Extend the boom until the extension cylinder after removal. The cylinder must
rod-end pin is accessible in the number 3 boom be at the same length for
tube. installation.
2 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove
the Platform.
3 Remove the platform leveling slave cylinder.
See 2-2, How to Remove the Slave Cylinder.
S-65 Models: Remove the jib boom. See 3-1, How
to Remove the Jib Boom.
4 Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
5 Remove the external snap rings from the
extension cylinder rod-end pin (at the platform
end). Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.

7 - 24 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

BOOM COMPONENTS

4-5 5 Place a rod through the barel-end pivot pin and


twist to remove the pin.
Platform Leveling
Master Cylinder
The master cylinder acts as a pump for the slave
cylinder. It’s part of the closed circuit hydraulic loop
that keeps the platform level through the entire
range of boom motion. The master cylinder is
located at the base of the boom.

How to Remove the Platform


6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to
Leveling Master Cylinder the lug on the rod end of the master cylinder.
When removing a hose assembly 7 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the rod-
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting end pivot pin.
and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification 8 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
during installation. Crushing hazard. The master
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic cylinder may become unbalanced
Hose and Fitting Torque and fall if it is not properly
Specifications. supported by the lifting device.
1 Raise the boom until the rod-end pivot pin is
accessible.
2 Remove the turntable end cover to access the
master cylinder.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the master cylinder
hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
squirt or spray.
4 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the
master cylinder barrel-end pivot pin.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 25


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Turntable Covers
5-1
Turntable Covers

How to Remove a
Turntable Cover
1 Raise the turntable cover. Support the open
cover with an overhead crane or forklift.
Do not lift it.
Crushing hazard. Due to its heavy
weight, do not attempt to support
the cover by hand.
Component damage hazard.
Protect the cover from damage by
using carpet or padding on the
crane or forklift forks.
2 Remove the upper and lower retaining clips
from the gas strut.
3 Gently pry the strut pivot sockets off of the ball
studs and remove the strut. Protect the strut
cylinder rod from damage.
Mark the location of the hinge
support bracket on the bulkhead to
ensure proper cover alignment
during installation.
4 Remove the cover hinge bolts, that fasten the
hinge support bracket to the bulkhead.
5 Carefully lift and remove the cover from
the machine.
Crushing hazard. The turntable
cover may become unbalanced
and fall if it is not properly
supported and secured to a
appropriate lifting device.
If a turntable cover must be
replaced, be sure that all
appropriate safety and
instructional decals are
applied to the new cover.
Alignment adjustments may be
necessary when a new cover
is installed.

7 - 26 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Deutz Engine F4L 1011F


6-1 How to Install the Flex Plate
RPM Adjustment 1 Install the flex plate onto the flywheel with the
raised spline towards the pump. Torque the flex
Refer to Maintenance Procedures, B-12, plate mounting bolts to 34 ft-lbs (46 Nm).
Check and Adjust the Engine RPM.
2 Install the coupler onto the pump shaft with the
set screw toward the pump. Leave a 1/2 inch
(12.7 mm) gap between the coupler and pump
end plate.
6-2
3 Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to the
Flex Plate coupler set screw. Torque the set screw to
45 ft-lbs (61 Nm).
The flex plate acts as a coupler between the
engine and the pump. It is bolted to the engine Component damage hazard. Do
flywheel and has a splined center to drive not force the drive pump during
the pump. installation or the flex plate teeth
may become damaged.
a b c d e
4 Install the pump and torque the pump mounting
plate fasteners to 34 ft-lbs (46 Nm).

6-3
Oil Temperature and Pressure
f Gauges
a pump
The oil temperature gauge is an electrical gauge.
b pump shaft
c coupler The sending unit has limit contacts that are factory
d flex plate with raised spline set. The contacts will close at 300o F (147o C).
e flywheel When the contacts close, the engine will shut off to
f 1/2 inch gap
prevent damage and will not start until the
temperature drops below the contact point.
How to Remove the Flex Plate Temperature will be indicated when the key is on
1 Disconnect the wiring plug at the electronic and the Emergency Stop Button is pulled out to the
displacement controller (EDC), located on ON position.

the drive pump. Component damage hazard.


2 Support the drive pump with an appropriate Do not crank the engine with
lifting device. Then remove all of the pump the over-temperature light on.
mounting plate to engine bell housing bolts. The oil pressure gauge is an electrical gauge. The
3 Carefully pull the pump away from the engine sending unit has limit contacts that are factory set.
and secure it from moving. The contacts will close at 7 psi (0.48 bar). When
the contacts close, the engine will shut off to
4 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners, prevent damage. Oil pressure will be indicated
then remove the flex plate from the flywheel. when the engine is running.
Component damage hazard.
Do not crank the engine with the
low oil pressure light on.
Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 27
Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Ford LRG-423 Engine

a b c d

g
110°

Governor actuator and linkage


7-1 a clevis yoke
Governor Actuator b linkage rod
c carburetor
d throttle plate shaft
How to Set Up the Governor e governor actuator
f actuator shaft
Actuator and Linkage g actuator arm

Adjustment of the governor 4 Position the linkage rod so that the throttle is in
actuator is only necessary when the idle position. Then adjust the clevis yoke on
the governor actuator or the the linkage rod to obtain the proper length.
linkage has been replaced. Install the yoke onto the actuator arm.
1 Connect the linkage rod to the throttle plate 5 With the throttle in the idle position and the
shaft, then tighten the lock nut. actuator arm at a 110 degree angle to the
linkage, rotate the clevis yoke on the linkage
2 Fasten the lock nut and clevis yoke to the
rod two turns counterclockwise to pre-load the
linkage rod. Do not tighten the lock nut
spring. Tighten the lock nut on the linkage rod.
against the clevis yoke.
3 Loosen the fastener on the actuator arm. Rotate
the actuator arm until it is at a 110 degree angle
to the linkage rod. Then tighten the actuator
arm fastener.

7 - 28 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

FORD LRG-423 ENGINE

6 Manually pull the actuator arm through a full 7-2


cycle to be sure that the linkage moves freely.
Be sure that the linkage activates the throttle Choke Adjustments
shaft to approximately half throttle.
This engine is equipped with an electrically heated
Component damage hazard. automatic choke. The choke has a poppet valve to
If the throttle linkage is improperly enhance cold starting ability on LPG fuel.
adjusted and allowed to reach full
throttle, the engine will over-rev Choke adjustments are affected
and cause component damage. by climate. Richer adjustment
will be necessary in colder
The linkage must be free of friction climates, leaner adjustment
and obstruction. Do not in warmer climates.
let it rub against the engine,
brackets or hoses. Automatic Choke with
Poppet Valve
The choke functions in both gasoline and LPG
mode. The choke butterfly may be adjusted to a
fully closed (rich) position for colder climates and
the poppet valve will provide a flow path during
LPG fueled operation.

rich lean

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 29


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

FORD LRG-423 ENGINE

7-3 7-6
Timing Adjustment Flex Plate
Complete information to perform this procedure is The flex plate acts as a coupler between the
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial engine and the pump. It is bolted to the engine
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194- flywheel and has a splined center to drive
287). Genie part number 33907. the pump.
a b c d e

7-4
Carburetor Adjustment
Complete information to perform this procedure is
available in the Ford LRG-423 2.3 Liter Industrial f
Engine Service Manual (Ford number: PPD-194- a pump
287). Genie part number 33907. b pump shaft
c coupler
d flex plate with raised spline
e flywheel
f 1/4 inch gap
7-5
RPM Adjustment Flex Plate Removal
1 Disconnect and remove the hose between
Refer to Maintenance Procedures, B-12, Check the carburetor venturi and the air cleaner.
and Adjust the Engine RPM.
2 Disconnect the linkage from the governor,
then remove the governor linkage from
the carburetor. Do not alter the length of
the linkage.
3 Disconnect the wiring plug at the electronic
displacement controller (EDC), located on
the drive pump.
4 Remove the mounting fasteners from the
regulator mounting bracket, then pull the
bracket up past the bell housing. Secure
the bracket before continuing.
5 Support the drive pump with an appropriate
lifting device. Then remove all of the pump
mounting plate to engine bell housing bolts.
6 Carefully pull the pump away from the
engine and secure it from moving.
7 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners,
then remove the flex plate from the fly wheel.

7 - 30 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

FORD LRG-423 ENGINE

How to Install the Flex Plate 7-7


1 Install the flex plate onto the flywheel with the Water Temperature and Oil
raised spline towards the pump. Torque the flex Pressure Gauges
plate mounting bolts to 34 ft-lbs (46 Nm).
2 Install the coupler onto the pump shaft with the The water temperature gauge is an electrical
set screw towards the pump. Leave a 1/4 inch gauge. The sending unit has limit contacts that are
(6.35 mm) gap between the coupler and pump factory set. The contacts will close at 230°F
end plate. (109° C). When the contacts close, the engine will
shut off to prevent damage and will not start until
3 Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to the the temperature drops below the contact point.
coupler set screw. Torque the set screw to Temperature will be indicated when the key is on
45 ft-lbs (61 Nm). and the Emergency Stop Button is pulled out to the
ON position.
Component damage hazard. Do
not force the drive pump during Component damage hazard.
installation or the flex plate teeth Do not crank the engine with
may become damaged. the over-temperature light on.
4 Install the pump and torque the pump mounting The oil pressure gauge is an electrical gauge. The
plate fasteners to 34 ft-lbs (46 Nm). sending unit has limit contacts that are factory set.
The contacts will close at 8 psi (0.55 bar). When
the contacts close, the engine will shut off to
prevent damage. Oil pressure will be indicated
when the engine is running.

Component damage hazard.


Do not crank the engine with the
low oil pressure light on.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 31


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

FORD LRG-423 ENGINE

7-8
Vacuum Switch

How to Test the Vacuum Switch


a b

d c

a ohmmeter
b common terminal (SOL.)
c vacuum switch
d normally open terminal (ING.)

1 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter or


continuity tester to the common and normally
open terminals.
Result: There should be no continuity
(infinite Ω).
2 Apply mild suction to the vacuum port.
Result: The switch should close and show full
continuity (zero Ω).
Component damage hazard.
Do not short the vacuum switch
terminals to ground.

7 - 32 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Ground Controls
8-1 8-4
Control Relays Resistors
See 1-6, Control Relays How to Test the Resistor
The resistor is used to maintain proper control of
boom function speeds. A 10 ohm resistor reduces
8-2 voltage to all the boom function switches at the
ground controls.
Toggle Switches
Refer to the schematic legends for
See 1-5, Toggle Switches. resistor locations and values.
1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position.
2 Disconnect either end of one of the wires
8-3 connected to the resistor to be tested.
Wago® Components 3 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter to each
end or wiring of the resistor being tested.
How to Remove a Wago® 4 Compare the ohmmeter reading with the
Component resistance rating printed on the resistor.
Electrocution hazard.
Contact with electrically charged
circuits may cause death or
serious injury. Remove all rings,
watches and other jewelry.
A small screwdriver is provided
and should be used when
removing a Wago® component.
This screwdriver is located in the
operator’s manual storage box in
the platform.
1 Label the wiring from the component to be
removed.
2 Locate the removal tab on the bottom or top
side of the component.
3 Use a small narrow flat blade screwdriver to
push in and release the wire from the
component.
4 Use the small narrow flat blade screwdriver to
gently pry up on the tab of the component and
remove it.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 33


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

GROUND CONTROLS

8-5 2 Connect 12V DC to one of the small posts and


a ground wire to the other small post, then test
Power Relay the following terminal combination.

Electrocution hazard. Contact with Test Desired result


electrically charged circuits may
result in death or serious injury. 2 large posts continuity (zero Ω)
Remove all rings, watches and
other jewelry.
a b b a
The power relay is mounted on the
backside of the ground control
box.

How to Test the Power Relay


Electrocution hazard. Disconnect
the ground cable from the battery
before performing this procedure.
1 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter to each
terminal combination and check for continuity.

Test Desired result


a high amp power contact terminal
(large post)
2 small posts 12 to 16Ω
b solenoid activate coil terminal
2 large posts no continuity (small post)
(infinite Ω)

Any small post to no continuity


any large post (infinite Ω)

7 - 34 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Hydraulic Pumps
9-1 3 Remove the pump mounting bolts. Carefully
remove the pump.
Lift/Steer Pump
Component damage hazard.
Be sure to open the two hydraulic
How to Remove the tank valves and prime the pump
Lift/Steer Pump after installing the pump.
When removing a hose assembly
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced 9-2
and then torqued to specification
during installation. Drive Pump
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque The drive pump is a bi-directional variable
Specifications. displacement piston pump. The pump output is
controlled by the electronic displacement controller
1 Close the two hydraulic tank valves located at (EDC), located on the pump. The only adjustment
the hydraulic tank. that can be made to the pump is the neutral or null
adjustment. Any internal service to the pump
should only be performed at an authorized
Sundstrand-Sauer service center. Call Genie
Industries Service Department to locate your local
authorized service center.

How to Remove the Drive Pump


open closed Component damage hazard. The
work area and surfaces where this
Component damage hazard. The procedure will be performed must
engine must not be started with be clean and free of debris that
the hydraulic tank shutoff valves in could get into the hydraulic system
the CLOSED position or component and cause severe component
damage will occur. damage. Dealer service is
If the tank valves are closed, recommended.
remove the key from the key
switch and tag the machine to When removing a hose assembly
inform personnel of the condition. or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the lift/steer pump and then torqued to specification
hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the pump. during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
Hose and Fitting Torque
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
Specifications.
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow 1 Disconnect the electrical connection at the
the oil pressure to dissipate electronic displacement controller (EDC)
gradually. Do not allow oil to located on the drive pump.
squirt or spray.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 35


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

HYDRAULIC PUMPS

2 Close the two hydraulic tank valves located at How to Prime the Pump
the hydraulic tank.
1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi (0 to 41 bar) pressure
gauge to the test port on the drive pump.
2 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect the
electrical connector at the ignition coils. The
ignition coils are located above the alternator.
Electrocution hazard.
Contact with electrically charged
open closed
circuits may cause death or
Component damage hazard. The serious injury. Remove all rings,
engine must not be started with watches and other jewelry.
the hydraulic tank shutoff valves in Deutz Diesel models: Hold the manual fuel
the CLOSED position or component shutoff valve clockwise to the CLOSED position.
damage will occur. If the tank
valves are closed, remove the key a
from the key switch and tag the
machine to inform personnel of the
condition.
3 Tag and disconnect and plug the hydraulic
hoses from the drive and lift/steer pumps. Cap
the fittings on the pumps.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
a manual fuel shutoff valve
squirt or spray.
4 Support the pump with a lifting device and 3 Crank the engine with the starter motor for
remove the two drive pump mounting fasteners. 15 seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank the
engine an additional 15 seconds or until the
5 Carefully pull the drive pump out until the pump pressure reaches 320 psi (22 bar).
coupler separates from the flex plate.
4 Gasoline/LPG models: Connect the ignition
6 Remove the drive pump from the machine. coil wiring and start the engine from the ground
controls. Check for hydraulic leaks.
Component damage hazard.
Be sure to open the two hydraulic
tank valves and prime the pump
after installing the pump.

7 - 36 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

This page intentionally left blank.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 37


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Manifolds
10-1
Function Manifold Components
The function manifold is located on the tank side tray, behind the ground control box.
Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque

1 3 position 4 way D03 valve ................ A ........... Turntable rotate left/right ....................... 30-35 in-lbs / 3-4 Nm
2 3 position 4 way D03 valve ................ B ........... Boom up/down ...................................... 30-35 in-lbs / 3-4 Nm
3 3 position 4 way D03 valve ................ C ........... Boom extend/retract .............................. 30-35 in-lbs / 3-4 Nm
4 Check valve, pilot operated ............... D ........... Boom extend/retract circuit ................ 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
5 Relief valve, 2500 psi (172 bar) ........ E ........... Boom extend ...................................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
6 Relief valve, 2100 psi (145 bar) ........ F ........... Boom down ........................................ 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
7 Flow regulator valve,
1.5 gpm (5.7 l/min) ............................. G ........... Boom extend/retract circuit
(prevents over flowing
the proportional valve) ...................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
8 Flow regulator valve,
1.5 gpm (5.7 l/min) ............................. H ........... Boom up/down circuit
(prevents over flowing
the proportional valve) ...................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
9 Flow regulator valve,
1.5 gpm (5.7 l/min) ............................. I ............ Turntable rotate left/right
(prevents over flowing
the proportional valve) ........................ 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-6 Nm
10 Flow regulator valve,
0.1 gpm (0.38 l/min) ........................... J ............ Bleeds off differential
sensing valves to tank ...................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
11 Check valve ....................................... K ........... Differential sensing circuit,
boom extend/retract .......................... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
12 Check valve ....................................... L ........... Differential sensing circuit,
boom up/down .................................. 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
13 Proportional solenoid valve ............... M .......... Boom extend/retract .......................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
14 Check valve ....................................... N ........... Differential sensing circuit,
turntable rotate left/right .................... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
15 Proportional solenoid valve ............... O ........... Boom up/down .................................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
16 Check valve ....................................... P ........... Differential sensing circuit,
platform level up ............................... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
17 Check valve ....................................... Q ........... Differential sensing circuit,
platform level down ........................... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm

This list continues. Please turn the page

7 - 38 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 39


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

Function Manifold Components, continued


Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque

18 Proportional solenoid valve ............... R ........... Turntable rotate left/right ................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
19 Solenoid valve - N.O. Poppet ............ S ........... Platform level up ............................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
20 Flow regulator valve,
0.6 gpm (2.27 l/min) ........................... T ........... Platform level circuit .......................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
21 Solenoid valve - N.O. Poppet ............ U ........... Platform level down .......................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
22 Differential sensing valve .................. V ........... Meters flow to functions .................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
23 Relief valve,
2600 psi (179 bar), S-60 models
2900 psi (200 bar), S-65 models ....... W .......... System relief ..................................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
24 Diagnostic nipple ............................... X ........... Testing
25 Check valve ....................................... Y ........... Differential sensing circuit
Platform rotate left ............................. 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
26 Check valve ....................................... Z ........... Differential sensing circuit
Platform rotate right .......................... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm
27 Priority flow regulator valve, .............. AA ......... Steering ............................................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
3.5 gpm (13.2 l/min), without oscillate axle
5 gpm (18.9 l/min), with oscillate axle
28 Solenoid valve - N.O. Poppet ........... BB ......... Platform rotate left/Jib boom up ........ 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
29 Solenoid valve - N.O. Poppet ........... CC ........ Platform rotate right/Jib boom down . 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
30 Flow regulator valve,
0.6 gpm (2.27 l/min) ........................... DD ........ Platform rotate .................................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
31 Counterbalance valve ........................ EE ......... Platform level up ............................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
32 Counterbalance valve ........................ FF ......... Platform level down .......................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
33 Check valve ....................................... GG ........ Boom extend/retract circuit ............... 11-13 ft-lbs / 15-18 Nm

Plug Torque Specifications


Description Hex size Torque SAE No. 8 5/16 50 ft-lbs / 68 Nm

SAE No. 2 1/8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm SAE No. 10 9/16 55 ft-lbs / 75 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm

SAE No. 6 1/4 18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm

7 - 40 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 41


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-2 How to Adjust the Boom Down


Valve Adjustments - Relief Valve
Function Manifold Perform this procedure with the
boom in the stowed position.
How to Adjust the System 1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi (0 to 345 bar) pressure
Relief Valve gauge to the test port (item 23) on the function
manifold.
Perform this procedure with the
boom in the stowed position. 2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi (0 to 345 bar) pressure 3 Hold the function enable switch to either side
gauge to the test port (item 23) on the function and activate and hold the boom down switch
manifold. with the boom fully lowered. Observe the
pressure reading on the pressure gauge.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
4 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the
3 Hold the function enable switch to either side relief valve and remove the cap
and activate and hold the retract switch with the (item 6, function manifold).
boom fully retracted. Observe the pressure
reading on the pressure gauge. 5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to
4 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the decrease the pressure. Then install the relief
relief valve and remove the cap valve cap.
(item 23, function manifold).
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise the relief valves higher than
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to specified.
decrease the pressure. Then install the relief
valve cap. 6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 and recheck relief
valve pressure.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust
the relief valves higher than
Boom down relief valve specifications
specified.
6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 and recheck relief Pressure 2100 psi
valve pressure. 145 bar

System relief valve specifications

Pressure
S-60 models 2600 psi 179.3 bar
S-65 models 2900 psi 200 bar

7 - 42 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

How to Adjust the Boom Extend How to Override a Valve


Relief Valve A hydraulic valve may need to be manually
Perform this procedure with the overridden to troubleshoot a malfunction. The
boom in the stowed position. proportional boom functions (boom up/down,
extend/retract and turntable rotate) use a variable
1 Connect a 0 to 3000 psi (0 to 207 bar) pressure position proportional valve and a three position
gauge to the test port (item 23) on the function directional valve. Example: one position for boom
manifold. up, one position for neutral and one position for
boom down. The platform rotate function uses a
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
three position valve. The platform level uses a
3 Hold the function enable switch to either side three position and a two position valve. The three
and activate and hold the extend switch with the position valves and the proportional valves can be
boom fully extended. Observe the pressure manually overridden. To identify the manifold
reading on the pressure gauge. valves see 10-1, Function Manifold, in this section.
4 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the 1 Push the button on the end of the valve in
relief valve and remove the cap ¼ inch (6 mm).
(item 5, function manifold).
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to
decrease the pressure. Then install the relief
valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust
the relief valves higher than
specified.
6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 and recheck relief
valve pressure.
2 Hold the function enable switch to either side
Boom extend relief valve specifications and move the ground control function switch for
the function being overridden to operate
Pressure 2500 psi function.
172 bar Collision hazard. Impact with
moving boom components may
cause death or serious injury. Use
extreme caution when overriding a
machine function. Identify the
direction of machine movement
before overriding a valve.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 43


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

How to Check the Resistance


of a Valve Coil
1 Turn the key switch to the OFF position and
disconnect the wires from the valve coil to be
tested.
2 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter to the
valve coil terminals.

Valve coil specifications

Proportional solenoid valve, 12V 8.6Ω


(schematic items M, O and R)

3 position 4 way directional valve, 10V 3.2Ω


(schematic items A, B and C)

Normally open poppet valve 6.4Ω


(schematic item S, U, BB and CC)

7 - 44 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

10-3
Turntable Rotation Manifold Components
The turntable rotation manifold is mounted to the turntable rotation motor on the tank side of the turntable.

Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque

1 Shuttle valve 2 position 3 way ........... HH ........ Turntable rotation brake release ....... 10-13 ft-lbs / 14-18 Nm
2 Counterbalance valve ........................ II ........... Turntable rotate right ........................ 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
3 Counterbalance valve ........................ JJ .......... Turntable rotate left ........................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm

1 2 3

II

JJ

HH

Plug Torque Specifications


Description Hex size Torque

SAE No. 2 1/ 8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm

SAE No. 6 1/ 4 18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 45


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-4
Oscillate Manifold Components
The oscillate manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.

Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque
1 Orifice Plug, 0.052 inch (1.32 mm) .... KK ......... Differential sensing circuit
2 Differential sensing valve .................. LL ......... Differential sensing ........................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
3 Check valve ....................................... MM ....... Oscillate check - left .......................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
4 Pilot operated unloader valve
950 psi (65 bar) ................................. NN ........ Sequencing ....................................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
5 Shuttle valve 2 position 3 way ........... OO ........ Pilot ................................................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
6 Piston ................................................................ Check valve circuit
(the piston is located between
index numbers 3 and 7)
7 Check valve ....................................... PP ......... Oscillate check - right ....................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
8 Shuttle valve 2 position 3 way ........... QQ ........ Unloading .......................................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
9 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing

1 2

KK

LL

MM
3

QQ NN

8 4

7
OO
Plug Torque Specifications
PP
6 5
Description Hex size Torque

SAE No. 2 1/8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm

SAE No. 6 1/4 18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm

7 - 46 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

10-5 7 Repeat steps 3 through 6 and manually activate


the valve and recheck the valve pressure.
Valve Adjustments -
8 Turn the engine off, then remove the
Oscillate Manifold pressure gauge and assemble the directional
valve linkage.
How to Adjust the Oscillate
Sequencing Valve Pressure Sequencing valve specifications

When removing a hose assembly Pressure 950 psi


or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting 65.5 bar
and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications.
1 Connect a 0 to 2000 psi (0 to 138 bar) pressure
gauge to the test port located on the oscillate
manifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
gradually. Do not allow oil to
squirt or spray.
2 Disconnect the directional valve linkage, by
removing the clevis yoke from the drive
chassis.
3 Start the engine from the platform controls.
4 With the engine running, manually activate the
valve and observe the pressure reading on the
pressure gauge.
5 Turn the engine off. Hold the unloader valve
and remove the cap (item 4).
6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise
to decrease the pressure. Then install the
valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the
relief valve higher than specified.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 47


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-6
Directional Valve Manifold Components
The directional valve manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.

Index
No. Description Function Torque
1 Cap ................................................................... Breather ............................................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-33Nm
2 Spool valve ....................................................... Directional control

7 - 48 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

How to Set Up the Directional


Valve Linkage
Adjustment of the directional valve
linkage is only necessary when
the linkage or valve has been
replaced.
1 Lower the boom to the stowed position.
2 Use a "bubble type" level to be sure the floor is
completely level.
Failure to perform this procedure
on a level floor will compromise
the stability of the machine and
may result in the machine tipping
over.
3 Check the tire pressure in all four tires and add
air if needed to meet specification.
4 Remove the drive chassis cover from the
non-steer end.
5 Disconnect the linkage clevis yoke from the
drive chassis (if not already disconnected).
6 Place a "bubble type" level across the drive
chassis non-steer end. Check to be sure the
drive chassis is completely level.
7 To level the drive chassis, start the engine and
push up or pull down on the linkage adjustment
rod until the machine is completely level.
8 Verify that the ground and drive chassis are
completely level.
9 Adjust the length of the rod by turning the clevis
yoke until the clevis yoke can be pinned to the
drive chassis.
10 Install the clevis yoke pin then the cotter pin. Be
sure to bend the cotter pin.
11 Measure the distance between the drive
chassis and the non-steer axle on both sides
(from the inside of the drive chassis).
If the distance is not equal and the
adjustment to the linkage was
completed with the ground and
drive chassis level, consult Genie
Industries Service Department.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 49


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-7
Steer Manifold Components, S-60/65 Oscillating Models
The steer manifold is underneath the function manifold.

Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque
1 3 position 4 way solenoid valve ......... SS ......... Steer left/right ....................................... 30-35 in-lbs / 3-4 Nm
2 Check valve ....................................... TT ......... Priority flow regulator circuit .............. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
3 Orifice Plug, 0.025 inch (0.635 mm) .. UU ........ Priority flow regulator circuit
4 Priority flow
regulator valve, 3.5 gpm (13.2 l/min) . VV ......... Regulates flow to
oscillate manifold .............................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm

SS

TT
UU
4 2

VV
3

7 - 50 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

This page intentionally left blank.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 51


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-8
2WD Drive Manifold Components
The drive manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.

Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque
1 Relief valve, 250 psi (17.2 bar) ......... WW ....... Charge pressure circuit ..................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
2 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. XX ......... Controls flow to drive motors
in forward and reverse ...................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
3 Orifice 0.070 in (1.78 mm) ................. YY ......... Drive circuit
4 Shuttle valve 3 position 3 way ........... ZZ ......... Charge pressure circuit that
gets hot oil out of low pressure
side of drive pump and allows
low pressure flow path for
brake release and 2-speed
motor shift ......................................... 15-18 ft-lbs / 20-24 Nm
5 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing

Plug Torque Specifications


Description Hex size Torque SAE No. 8 5/16 50 ft-lbs / 68 Nm

SAE No. 2 1/8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm SAE No. 10 9/16 55 ft-lbs / 75 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm SAE No. 12 5/8 75 ft-lbs / 102 Nm

SAE No. 6 1/4 18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm

7 - 52 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 53


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-9
Valve Adjustments, 2WD
Drive Manifold

How to Adjust the Charge


Pressure Relief Valve
1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi (0 to 41 bar) pressure
gauge to the test port located on the drive
manifold.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Drive the machine slowly in either direction and
observe the pressure reading on the pressure
gauge.
4 Turn the engine off. Hold the charge pressure
relief valve and remove the cap (item 1).
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise
to decrease the pressure. Then install the
valve cap.
6 Restart the engine. Drive the machine in either
direction and recheck the valve pressure.
7 Turn the engine off, then remove the
pressure gauge.

Charge Pressure Relief valve specifications

Pressure 250 psi


17.2 bar

7 - 54 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

This page intentionally left blank.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 55


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-10
4WD Drive Manifold Components
The drive manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.

Index Schematic
No. Description Item Function Torque
1 Directional valve, 2 position 2 way .... AB ......... High speed divider bypass
N.C. Pilot to open .............................. 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
2 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. AC ........ Controls flow to flow
divider/combiner valves 6 and 7 ....... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
3 Relief valve, 250 psi (17.2 bar) ......... AD ........ Charge pressure circuit ..................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
4 Check valve, pilot to close ................. AE ......... Works in conjunction with
Index no.12 in the high speed
divider bypass circuit ........................ 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
5 Orifice - plug, 0.052 inch (1.32 mm) .. AF ......... Front drive motor circuit
6 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. AG ........ Controls flow to steer end
drive motors in forward
and reverse ....................................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
7 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. AH ........ Controls flow to non-steer end
drive motors in forward
and reverse ....................................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
8 Orifice 0.070 in (1.78 mm) ................. AI .......... Rear drive motor circuit
9 Orifice 0.070 in (1.78 mm) ................. AJ ......... Equalizes pressure on both sides
of flow divider combiner valve
Index no. 2
10 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way .......... AK ......... Charge pressure circuit
that gets hot oil out of low pressure
side of drive pump and allows low
pressure flow path for brake
release and 2-speed motor shift ....... 15-18 ft-lbs / 20-24 Nm
11 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing
12 Check valve ....................................... AL ......... Works in conjunction with
Index no.4 in the high speed
divider bypass circuit ........................ 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm

Plug Torque Specifications


Description Hex size Torque SAE No. 8 5/16 50 ft-lbs / 68 Nm

SAE No. 2 1/8 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm SAE No. 10 9/16 55 ft-lbs / 75 Nm

SAE No. 4 3/16 13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm SAE No. 12 5/8 75 ft-lbs / 102 Nm

SAE No. 6 1/4 18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm

7 - 56 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

MANIFOLDS

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 57


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

MANIFOLDS

10-11
Valve Adjustments, 4WD
Drive Manifold

How to Adjust the Charge


Pressure Relief Valve
1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi (0 to 41 bar) pressure
gauge to the test port located on the drive
manifold.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Drive the machine slowly in either direction and
observe the pressure reading on the pressure
gauge.
4 Turn the engine off. Hold the charge pressure
relief valve and remove the cap (index 3).
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise
to increase the pressure or counterclockwise
to decrease the pressure. Then install the
valve cap.
6 Restart the engine. Drive the machine in either
direction and recheck the valve pressure.
7 Turn the engine off, then remove the
pressure gauge.

Charge Pressure Relief valve specifications

Pressure 250 psi


17.2 bar

7 - 58 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks


11-1 11-2
Fuel Tank Hydraulic Tank

How to Remove the Fuel Tank The primary functions of the hydraulic tank are to
cool, clean and deaerate the hydraulic fluid during
Explosion hazard. Engine fuels operation. It utilizes internal suction strainers for
are combustible. Remove the fuel the pump supply lines and has an external return
tank in an open, well-ventilated line filter with a filter condition indicator.
area away from heaters, sparks,
flames and lighted tobacco. How to Remove the
Always have an approved fire Hydraulic Tank
extinguisher within easy reach.
Component damage hazard.
Explosion hazard. When
The work area and surfaces
transferring fuel, connect a
where this procedure will be
grounding wire between the
performed must be clean and
machine and pump or container.
free of debris that could get
1 Turn the manual fuel shutoff valve to the into the hydraulic system.
CLOSED position.
When removing a hose assembly
2 Remove the tank side turntable cover. See 5-1, or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
How to Remove a Turntable Cover. and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
3 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect, drain and
during installation.
plug the fuel hose.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Deutz Diesel models: Disconnect, drain and Hose and Fitting Torque
plug the supply and return fuel lines. Cap the Specifications.
fuel return fitting on the fuel tank.
1 Remove the fuel tank. See 11-1, How to
4 Remove the retaining fasteners from the fuel Remove the Fuel Tank.
tank hold down straps. Remove the straps from
the fuel tank.
5 Support the fuel tank with 2 lifting straps. Place
one lifting strap at each end of the tank and
attach the lifting straps to an overhead crane.
6 Remove the fuel tank from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The fuel tank
may become unbalanced and fall
if it is not properly supported and
secured to the overhead crane.
Clean the fuel tank and inspect
for rust and corrosion before
installing.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 59


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS

2 Close the two hydraulic shutoff valves located 10 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine.
at the hydraulic tank.
Crushing hazard. The hydraulic
may become unbalanced and fall
if it is not properly supported and
secured to the overhead crane.
11 Remove the suction strainers from the tank and
clean them using a mild solvent.
12 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mild
solvent.
open closed
13 Install the suction strainers using a thread
Component damage hazard. The sealant on the threads.
engine must not be started with 14 Install the drain plug using a thread sealant on
the hydraulic tank shutoff valves in the threads.
the CLOSED position or component
damage will occur. If the tank 15 Install the hydraulic tank onto the machine.
valves are closed, remove the key 16 Install the two suction hoses and the supply
from the key switch and tag the hose for the auxiliary power unit.
machine to inform personnel of the
17 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the level is
condition.
within the top 2 inches (5 cm) of the sight
3 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank. gauge. Do not overfill.
4 Completely drain the tank into a suitable 18 Clean up any oil that may have spilled and open
container. See capacity specifications. the hydraulic tank valves.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the two suction hoses Component damage hazard.
that are attached to the hydraulic tank Be sure to open the two hydraulic
shutoff valves. tank valves and prime the pump
after installing the hydraulic tank.
6 Disconnect and plug the T-fitting located at the
return filter with the 2 hoses connected to it. Always use pipe thread sealant
Cap the fitting on the return filter housing. when installing the drain plug.
7 Disconnect and plug the supply hose for the Use only Dexron II equivalent
auxiliary power unit. Cap the fitting on the hydraulic fluid.
hydraulic tank.
Hydraulic system
8 Remove the retaining fasteners from the
hydraulic tank hold down straps. Remove the
Hydraulic tank capacity 45 gallons
straps from the hydraulic tank. 170 liters
9 Support the hydraulic tank with 2 lifting straps.
Place one lifting strap at each end of the tank Hydraulic system 55 gallons
and attach the lifting straps to an overhead capacity (including tank) 208 liters
crane.
Hydraulic fluid Dexron equivalent

7 - 60 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS

How to Prime the Pump Deutz Diesel models: Hold the manual fuel
shutoff valve clockwise to the CLOSED position.
Component damage hazard. Be
sure that the hydraulic tank shutoff a
valves are in the OPEN position
before priming the pump. The
engine must not be started with
the hydraulic tank shutoff valves in
the CLOSED position or component
damage will occur. If the tank
valves are closed, remove the key
from the key switch and tag the
machine to inform personnel of the
condition.
1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi (0 to 41 bar) pressure
gauge to the test port on the drive pump.
a manual fuel shutoff valve
2 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect the
electrical connector at the ignition coils. The 3 Crank the engine with the starter motor for
ignition coils are located above the alternator. 15 seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank the
engine an additional 15 seconds or until the
Electrocution hazard. pressure reaches 320 psi (22 bar).
Contact with electrically charged
circuits may cause death or 4 Connect the wiring and start the engine from
serious injury. Remove all rings, the ground controls. Check for hydraulic leaks.
watches and other jewelry.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 61


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Turntable Rotation Components


12-1 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses
from the motor, brake and manifold. Cap the
Rotation Hydraulic Motor fittings on the motor, brake and torque hub.
Bodily injury hazard.
How to Remove the Rotation Spraying hydraulic oil can
Hydraulic Motor penetrate and burn skin. Loosen
hydraulic connections very slowly
When removing a hose assembly
to allow the oil pressure to
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
dissipate gradually. Do not
and/or hose end must be replaced
allow oil to squirt or spray.
and then torqued to specification
during installation. Refer to 3 Remove the motor/brake mounting fasteners,
Section Two, Hydraulic Hose and then remove the motor from the brake.
Fitting Torque Specifications.
a b
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with the
turntable rotation lock pin.

d
f

Unlocked position
e

a motor/brake mounting bolts


b motor
c brake
d torque hub mounting bolts
e torque hub
f plug

Locked position

7 - 62 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

TURNTABLE ROTATION COMPONENTS

How to Remove the Turntable 4 Remove the plug from the side of the torque
hub. Then drain the oil from the hub.
Rotation Brake or Torque Hub
5 Install the torque hub. Torque the hub mounting
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with the bolts to 180 foot-pounds (244 Newton meters).
turntable rotation lock pin.
6 Install the brake and motor onto the torque hub.
7 Fill the hub with oil from the side hole until the
oil level is even with the bottom of the hole.
Apply pipe thread sealant to the plugs, and then
install the plugs.
8 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash. See
Repair Procedure 18-1, How to Adjust the
Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash.

unlocked locked Turntable rotate torque hub


2 Remove the motor/brake mounting bolts, and Capacity 17 fluid ounces
then remove the motor and brake from the 0.51 liters
torque hub and set them to the side.
Type: SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil - API
Component damage hazard. service classification GL5
Hoses can be damaged if they are
kinked or pinched.

a b

f
c

d
e

a motor/brake mounting bolt


b motor
c torque hub
d torque hub mounting bolt
e plug
f brake

3 Remove the torque hub mounting bolts, and


then use a lifting device to remove the torque
hub from the machine.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 63


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

TURNTABLE ROTATION COMPONENTS

How to Adjust the 6 Rotate the torque hub pivot plate away from the
turntable until it contacts the adjustment bolt.
Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash Then tighten the mounting fasteners on the
The turntable rotation torque hub is mounted on a torque hub pivot plate.
adjustable plate that controls the gap between the 7 Rotate the turntable through an entire rotation.
rotation motor gear and the turntable bearing. Check for tight spots that could cause binding.
Readjust if necessary.
Be sure to check the backlash
with the machine on a flat level
surface.
1 Loosen the mounting fasteners on the torque
hub pivot plate.

a pivot plate mounting bolts


b adjustment bolt with lock nut
c torque hub pivot plate

2 Push the torque hub pivot plate towards the


turntable as far as possible (this will push the
rotation gear into the rotation bearing).
3 Loosen the lock nut on the adjustment bolt.
4 Turn the adjustment bolt clockwise until it
contacts the pivot plate.
5 Turn the adjustment bolt 1/2 turn
counterclockwise. Then tighten the lock nut on
the adjustment bolt.

7 - 64 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

2WD Steering Axle Components


13-1 6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the
yoke pivot pins.
Yoke and Hub
7 Support the yoke/hub assembly with a lifting
jack.
How to Remove the Yoke
and Hub 8 Use a slide hammer to remove the upper yoke
pivot pin, then use a soft metal drift to drive the
1 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from both lower yoke pivot pin down and out.
the steering cylinder and the tie rod pivot pins.
Crushing hazard. The yoke/hub
Remove the pins.
assembly may become
a b c d
unbalanced and fall when the yoke
pivot pins are removed if it is not
properly secured and supported
by the lifting jack.

Torque specifications

Lug nut torque, dry 420 ft-lbs


569.5 Nm

Lug nut torque, lubricated 320 ft-lbs


433.9 Nm

How to Remove the


Hub and Bearings
1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove
g f f e them.
a tie rod 2 Block the non-steering wheels and place a
b axle lifting jack of ample capacity under the steering
c yoke pivot pin
d yoke
axle.
e hub
3 Raise the machine 6 inches (15 cm) and place
f pivot pin
g steering cylinder blocks under the chassis for support.

2 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not 4 Remove the lug nuts. Then remove the tire
remove them. and wheel assembly.

3 Block the non-steering wheels, and then 5 Remove the dust cap, cotter pin and
center a lifting jack of ample capacity under the slotted nut.
steering axle. 6 Pull the hub off the spindle. The washer and
4 Raise the machine 6 inches (15 cm) and place outer bearing should fall loose from the hub.
blocks under the chassis for support. 7 Place the hub on a flat surface and gently pry
5 Remove the lug nuts. Then remove the tire the bearing seal out of the hub. Remove the
and wheel assembly. rear bearing.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 65


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

2WD STEERING AXLE COMPONENTS

How to Install the 13-2


Hub and Bearings Steering Cylinders
When replacing a wheel bearing,
both the inner and outer bearings How to Remove a
including the pressed-in races Steering Cylinder
must be replaced.
There are two identical steering cylinders that
1 Be sure that both bearings are packed work in parallel. They are part of the same
with clean, fresh grease. hydraulic circuit, but move in opposite directions.
2 Place the large inner bearing into the rear The tie rod maintains equal movement of the tires.
of the hub. When removing a hose assembly
3 Press the bearing seal evenly into the hub or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
until it is flush. and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
4 Slide the hub onto the yoke spindle. during installation.
Component damage. Do not Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
apply excessive force or damage Hose and Fitting Torque
to the lip of the seal may occur. Specifications.

5 Place the outer bearing into the hub. 1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses
from the steering cylinder. Cap the fittings on
6 Install the washer and slotted nut. the cylinder.
7 Tighten the slotted nut to 35 foot-pounds Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
(47 Nm). hydraulic oil can penetrate and
8 Loosen the slotted nut, then re-tighten to burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
8 foot-pounds (11 Nm). connections very slowly to allow
the oil pressure to dissipate
9 Install a new cotter pin. Bend the cotter pin gradually. Do not allow oil to
to lock it in. squirt or spray.
10 Install the dust cap, then the tire and wheel 2 Remove the pin retaining fasteners. Then
assembly. Torque the wheel lug nuts to remove the pivot pin from each end of the
420 foot-pounds (569.5 Nm). steering cylinder.
3 Remove the steering cylinder from the machine.

7 - 66 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

2WD STEERING AXLE COMPONENTS

13-3 6 Slide the tie rod off the yoke and adjust it by
turning the end.
Tie Rod
One half turn on the adjustable
end equals approximately 1/4 inch
How to Remove the Tie Rod (6.4 mm) change in the front
1 Remove the pin retaining fasteners, then and rear measurements.
remove the pivot pin from each end of the tie 7 Slide the tie rod onto the yoke. Install the
rod. pivot pin, then install the retaining bolt.
2 Remove the tie rod. 8 Tighten the jam nut against the tie rod.
How to Perform the Toe-in 9 Lower the machine and recheck the
Adjustment front and back measurements (step 2).
If further adjustment is needed, repeat
Perform this procedure on a steps 3 through 8.
firm, level surface. Block the
non-steering tires and be sure Toe-in specification 0 ± 1/8 inch (6.35 mm)
that the machine is in the
stowed position.
1 Straighten the steer wheels.
2 Measure the steer tires, front to front and back
to back, using a measuring fixture.

3 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity under the


steering axle, then raise the machine.
4 Loosen the jam nut on the adjustable end
of the tie rod.
5 Remove the pin retaining fasteners, then
remove the pivot pin from the adjustable end of
the tie rod.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 67


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

4WD Steering Axle Components


14-1 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses
from the drive motor. Cap the fittngs on the
Yoke and Hub drive motor.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
How to Remove the Yoke hydraulic oil can penetrate and
and Hub burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow
The yoke installation utilizes bushings and a thrust
the oil pressure to dissipate
washer that may require periodic replacement. The
gradually. Do not allow oil to
yoke must be removed before the torque hub can
squirt or spray.
be removed.
3 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not
When removing a hose assembly remove them.
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced 4 Block the non-steering wheels, and then
and then torqued to specification center a lifting jack of ample capacity under the
during installation. steering axle.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic 5 Raise the machine 6 inches (15.2 cm) and
Hose and Fitting Torque place blocks under the chassis for support.
Specifications.
6 Remove the lug nuts, then remove the tire and
1 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from both wheel assembly.
the steering cylinder and the tie rod pivot pins.
Remove the pins. 7 Remove the hydraulic hose clamp retaining
a fastener from the top of the yoke.
8 Remove the drive motor mounting fasteners.
9 Slide the drive motor shaft out of the torque hub
and then remove the drive motor from the
b machine.
10 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the
upper and lower yoke pivot pins.
12 Support the yoke/torque hub assembly with a
lifting jack. Secure the yoke/torque hub
c assembly to the lifting jack.
13 Use a slide hammer to remove the upper yoke
pivot pin, then use a soft metal drift to drive the
g f e d
lower yoke pivot pin down and out.
a oscillate cylinder
Crushing hazard. The yoke/hub
b king pin
c torque hub assembly may become
d yoke unbalanced and fall when the yoke
e pivot pin pivot pins are removed if it is not
f tie rod
properly secured and supported
g steer cylinder
by the lifting jack.

7 - 68 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

4WD STEERING AXLE COMPONENTS

14 Place the yoke/torque hub assembly on a flat 14-2


surface with the torque hub facing down.
Steering Cylinders
15 Remove the torque hub mounting fasteners that
attach the yoke to the torque hub. Remove the
yoke weldment from the torque hub.
How to Remove a
Steering Cylinder
Replace the thrust washer when
installing the yoke/torque hub This procedure is the same as the 2WD procedure.
assembly onto the axle. See repair procedure 13-2,
How to Remove a Steering Cylinder.
Torque specifications

Lug nut,
dry 420 ft-lbs 569.5 Nm 14-3
lubricated 320 ft-lbs 433.9 Nm
Tie Rod
Torque hub mounting bolts,
dry 120 ft-lbs 163 Nm How to Remove the Tie Rod
lubricated 90 ft-lbs 122 Nm
This procedure is the same as the 2WD procedure.
Drive motor mounting bolts, See Repair Procedure 13-3,
dry 75 ft-lbs 102 Nm How to Remove the Tie Rod.
lubricated 56 ft-lbs 76 Nm
How to Perform the Toe-in
Adjustment
This procedure is the same as the 2WD procedure.
See Repair Procedure 13-3,
How to Perform the Toe-in Adjustment.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 69


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

Oscillating Axle Components


15-1 3 Tag, disconnect and plug the oscillating axle
cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the
Oscillating Axle oscillate cylinder.
Lock-out Cylinders Bodily injury hazard. Spraying
hydraulic oil can penetrate and
The oscillating axle cylinders extend and retract burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
between the drive chassis and the oscillating axle. connections very slowly to allow
The cylinders are equipped with counterbalance the oil pressure to dissipate
valves to prevent movement in the event of a gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt
hydraulic line failure. The valves are not or spray.
adjustable.
4 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the
How to Remove an Oscillating rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to
remove the pin.
Axle Cylinder
5 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to
This procedure requires specific
the barrel end of the oscillating cylinder.
repair skills and a suitable
workshop. Attempting this 6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the
procedure without these skills barrel-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to
and tools may result in death or remove the pin.
serious injury and significant
Crushing hazard. The oscillate
component damage. Dealer
cylinder may become unbalanced
service is strongly recommended.
and fall when it is removed from
Perform this procedure on a firm, the machine if it is not properly
level surface with the boom in attached to the overhead crane.
the stowed position.
7 Remove the cylinder from the machine.
When removing a hose assembly
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification
during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications.
1 Rotate the boom until the boom is between the
steer tires.
2 Remove the fasteners from drive chassis cover
at the steer end. Remove the cover.

7 - 70 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Service Manual - Second Edition Section 7 - Repair Procedures

Non-steering Axle Components


16-1 4 Slide the drive motor shaft out of the brake and
then remove the drive motor from the machine.
Drive Motor
Torque specifications
How to Remove a Drive Motor
Drive motor mounting bolts 75 ft-lbs
Component damage hazard. 102 Nm
Repairs to the motor should only
be performed by an authorized
Sundstrand-Sauer dealer.
Component damage hazard. The
work area and surfaces where this 16-2
procedure will be performed must
be clean and free of debris that Torque Hub
could get into the hydraulic system
and cause severe component How to Remove a Drive
damage. Dealer service is
recommended.
Torque Hub
When removing a hose assembly When removing a hose assembly
or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting
and/or hose end must be replaced and/or hose end must be replaced
and then torqued to specification and then torqued to specification
during installation. during installation.
Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic
Hose and Fitting Torque Hose and Fitting Torque
Specifications. Specifications.
1 Remove the fasteners from drive chassis cover 1 Remove the drive motor. See 22-1, How to
at the non-steer end. Remove the cover. Remove a Drive Motor.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hose
from the drive motor. Cap the fittings on the from the brake. Then remove the hydraulic
drive motor. fitting and the bleed valve.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying 3 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove
hydraulic oil can penetrate and them.
burn skin. Loosen hydraulic
connections very slowly to allow 4 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity under the
the oil pressure to dissipate non-steering axle. Raise the machine and place
gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt blocks under the drive chassis for support.
or spray. 5 Remove the wheel lug nuts, then the tire and
3 Remove the drive motor mounting fasteners. wheel assembly.
6 Place a second lifting jack under the torque hub
for support and secure the torque hub to the
lifting jack.

Part No. 48412 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 7 - 71


Section 7 - Repair Procedures Service Manual - Second Edition

NON-STEERING AXLE COMPONENTS

7 Remove the torque hub mounting bolts that


attach the torque hub to the chassis. Remove
the torque hub.
Crushing hazard. The torque
hub may become unbalanced and
fall if it is not properly supported
and secured to the lifting jack.

Torque specifications

Lug nut,
dry 420 ft-lbs 569.5 Nm
lubricated 320 ft-lbs 433.9 Nm

Torque hub mounting bolts,


dry 120 ft-lbs 163 Nm
lubricated 90 ft-lbs 122 Nm

Drive motor mounting bolts,


dry 75 ft-lbs 102 Nm
lubricated 56 ft-lbs 76 Nm

7 - 72 Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Part No. 48412


Genie North America
18340 NE 76th Street
P.O. Box 97030
Redmond, Washington
98073-9730

Distributed By:

Genie Europe
Brunel Drive
Newark
Nottinghamshire
NG24 2EG England

You might also like